Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT UNDERPURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

For the transition period from                     to                     Commission File Number 001-39314

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-39314

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

TALKSPACE, INC.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)Charter)

Delaware

84-4636604

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)

622 Third Avenue, New York, NY

10017

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

570 Lexington Avenue, 35th Floor

New York, New York 10022

(212) 521-8495

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices

andRegistrant’s telephone number, including area code)code: (212) 284-7206

N/A

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:


Title of each class

Trading

Symbol(s)


Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A

common stock and one-half of one redeemable

warrant

HECCUThe Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Class A commonCommon stock, par value $0.0001 per share

HEC

TALK

The NasdaqNASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Warrants each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class Ato purchase common stock each at an exercise price of $11.50 per share

HECCW

TALKW

The NasdaqNASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Not Applicable

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesYESNo

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YesYESNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesNoNO


Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive DateData File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of thethis chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit such files). YesNoNO

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):    Yes. YES NO    No  ☐

The registrant’s Units began trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on June 9, 2020 and the registrant’s shares of Class A common stock began separate trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on July 30, 2020. As of March 23, 2021, there were 41,400,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001, and 10,350,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001, issued and outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’svoting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Company on June 30, 2023 was $181.8 million based on the per share closing price of the Company's common stock on June 30, 2023 of $1.27.

The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, at December 31, 2020on March 12, 2024 was $447,534,000, based on a closing price of $10.81 per Class A Common Stock on December 31, 2020.168,903,571.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.REFERENCE

The Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed by the Company pursuant to Regulation 14A is incorporated into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K.

Auditor Firm Id:

1281

Auditor Name:

Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global

Auditor Location:

Tel-Aviv, Israel


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Page
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS2
PART I

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

2

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

12

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

42

40

Item 2.1C.

PropertiesCybersecurity

43

41

Item 3.2.

Legal ProceedingsProperties

43

Item 4.3.

Legal Proceedings

43

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

43

PART II

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

43

44

Item 6.

Selected Financial DataReserved

44

45

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

44

46

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

49

55

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

49

56

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements Withwith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

49

79

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

49

79

Item 9B.

Other Information

50
PART III

80

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

80

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

51

81

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

62

81

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

63

81

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

64

81

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

67
PART IV

81

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules

68

82

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

82

SIGNATURES

71

Exhibit Index

83

POWER OF ATTORNEYSignatures

71

85

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our Proposed Business Combination with Talkspace (as described further herein) and related matters. Such forward-looking statements are based on available current market material and management’s expectations, beliefs and forecasts concerning future events impacting us.

Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may include, for example, statements about:

our abilityi


PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to complete our initial business combination, including our Proposed Business Combinationhelp people everywhere to heal.

Overview

Talkspace, Inc. together with Talkspace;

our expectations aroundits consolidated subsidiaries (referred to herein as the performance“Company”, “we”, “our”, “us” or “Talkspace”) is a leading behavioral healthcare company that offers convenient and affordable access to a fully-credentialed network of the prospective target business or businesses;

our successlicensed therapists, psychologists, and psychiatrists. Founded in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors;

our public securities’ potential liquidity2012, and trading;

the lack ofenabled by a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

our financial performance.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those thatpurpose-built technology platform, we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a numberconnected millions of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyondpatients, who we refer to as our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks“members” with licensed mental health providers through messaging, video and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whetheraudio.

Talkspace was originally incorporated as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which includes a preliminary proxy statement and a prospectus (the “preliminary proxy statement/prospectus”), and we will file other documents regarding the Proposed Business Combination with Talkspace and the other Transactions (as defined herein). A definitive proxy statement/prospectus will also be sent to our stockholders and Talkspace’s stockholders, seeking any required stockholder approvals. We urge stockholders to carefully read the entire registration statement and proxy statement/prospectus and any other relevant documents filed with the SEC, including any amendments or supplements to these documents, because they contain important information about such transactions, including detailed descriptions of the Transactions and a discussion of historical information and risks relating to the Transactions. The documents filed by us with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

PART I

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “us,” “HEC” or the “Company” are to Hudson Executive Investment Corp., a Delaware corporation. References to “management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors. References to our “sponsor” are to HEC Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. References to our “founders” are to the holders of our founder shares. References to “Talkspace” are to Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (d/b/a “Talkspace” (“HEC”), a Delaware corporation. References to “Talkspace, Inc.” are to HEC following the consummation of the Transactions and its name change from Hudson Executive Investment Corp. to Talkspace, Inc. References to our “Board of Directors” are to the board of directors of HEC.

Item 1.

Business.

Introduction

We are a blank checkspecial purpose acquisition company, incorporated on February 6, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as our initial business combination. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities, completion of our initial public offering (referred to herein as our “Initial Public Offering”) and the evaluation of possible business combinations, and we have neither engaged in any other operations nor generated any revenues. Based on our business activities to date, the Company is a “shell company” as defined under the Exchange Act because we have minimal operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash held in a trust account. As discussed further herein, on January 12, 2021, we announced that we had entered into a definitive merger agreement with certain entities collectively known as “Talkspace,” and we refer to our proposed merger with Talkspace throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as our “Proposed Business Combination.”

The Company was co-founded by Hudson Executive Capital LP (“Hudson Executive Capital”), a value-oriented, event-driven investment firm with a focus on, and experience across, the financial services and healthcare sectors, Douglas L. Braunstein, our President and Chairman, and Douglas G. Bergeron, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Braunstein is the Founder and a Managing Partner of Hudson Executive Capital and Mr. Bergeron is a Managing Partner. Hudson Executive Capital, which is a member of our sponsor and is our affiliate, was founded in 2015 and has a successful history investing in undervalued domestic small and mid-cap public companies with identified and actionable opportunities for value creation. Since Hudson Executive Capital’s inception, the majority of its employed capital has been focused on financial services and healthcare.

Our corporate website address is https://hudsonexecutive.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Potential and current stockholders should not rely on any such information in making any investment decision with respect to our securities.

Company History

On February 6, 2020, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B common stock” or “founder shares”), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0029 per share. Our Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A common stock”), upon the completion of a business combination. On May 20, 2020, our sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to Amy Schulman, a director, and on June 3, 2020 our sponsor transferred 25,000 shares to Thelma Duggin, a director, resulting in the sponsor holding an aggregate of 8,575,000 founder shares. On June 8, 2020, we effected a 1:1.2 stock split of our Class B common stock, resulting in an aggregate of 10,350,000 founder shares outstanding of which 10,300,000 were held by our sponsor. The number of founder shares issued

was based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock (collectively, our “common stock”) upon completion of our Initial Public Offering.

On June 11, 2020, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 41,400,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit (“units”), generating gross proceeds of $414,000,000. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-half of one redeemable warrant of the Company (“warrant”). Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share, subject to certain adjustments and conditions.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,280,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”), each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, or $10,280,000 in the aggregate. An aggregate of $414,000,000 from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “trust account”) such that the trust account held $414,000,000 at the time of closing of the Initial Public Offering.

On July 28, 2020, we announced that, commencing on July 30, 2020, holders of the units sold in our Initial Public Offering may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrants included in the units. Those units not separated will continue to trade on The NASDAQ Capital market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “HECCU,” and the Class A common stock and warrants that are separated will trade on the Nasdaq under the symbols “HECC” and “HECCW,” respectively. We did not issue fractional warrants upon separation of the units.

At December 31, 2020, funds held in the trust account consisted solely of cash and U.S. Treasury Bills. A portion of interest income on the funds held in the trust account may be released to us to pay tax obligations.

Recent Developments

Talkspace Merger Agreement

entities. On January 12, 2021, weHEC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 12, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Company,, with Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (“Old Talkspace”), Tailwind Merger Sub I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the CompanyHEC (“First Merger Sub”), and Tailwind Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Second Merger Sub”) and GROOP Internet Platform, Inc. (d/b/a Talkspace), a Delaware corporation (“Talkspace”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the parties thereto will enter into a business combination transaction (the “Proposed Business Combination”) by which, (i) First Merger Sub will merge with and into Talkspace with Talkspace being the surviving corporation in the merger (the “First Merger”) and (ii) Second Merger Sub will merge with and into the surviving corporation with Second Merger Sub being the surviving entity in the merger (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to On June 22, 2021, as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, First Merger Sub merged with and into Old Talkspace (the “First Merger”) with Old Talkspace surviving the “Transactions”First Merger, and immediately following the closingFirst Merger and as part of the Transactions,same overall transaction as the “Closing”). FollowingFirst Merger, Old Talkspace merged with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub surviving the Proposedmerger as a wholly owned subsidiary of HEC. The Company refers to this transaction as the Business Combination. In connection with the Business Combination, HEC filed the Company will changeCertificate of Incorporation and changed its name to “Talkspace, Inc.”

At the effective time of the Mergers (the “Closing Date”Through our platform, we serve our payor clients ("Payor"), all sharescomprised of common stock of Talkspace, par value $0.0001 per share (“Talkspace common stock”health plans and employee assistance programs such as Aetna, Cigna, and Optum, who offer their insured members access to our platform at in-network reimbursement rates, our Direct-to-Enterprise clients ("DTE"), comprised of enterprises such as Google and the University of Kentucky who offer their enterprise members access to our platform while their enterprise is under an active contract with Talkspace, and individual subscribers ("Consumer") who subscribe directly to our platform; (collectively, our "clients").

Through our psychotherapy offerings, our licensed therapists and counselors treat mental health conditions in over 21 specializations, such as depression, anxiety, trauma and other fields of human challenges. Through our psychiatry offerings, our board-certified psychiatrists and prescription-eligible nurse practitioners treat a higher acuity patient demographic, including those who may have pharmacological needs. Our psychiatry clinicians, may in their discretion, refer the member to a primary care provider or face-to-face psychiatrist if the clinical need arises, including to address potential needs for “controlled substances.” Talkspace does not prescribe controlled substances in accordance with the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) Ryan Haight Act.

We have a vast nationwide network of fully-credentialed providers across all vested options exercisable50 U.S. states. Our network is sustained and enhanced by an attractive value proposition to providers, including flexibility, convenience, efficiency, professional development opportunities and income. We also believe that our platform provides other benefits to providers through expanded reach, steady access to member leads, reduced administrative burdens, more efficient time utilization and data-driven insights. We designed our provider network to be scalable and to leverage a hybrid model of both employee providers and independently contracted providers to support multiple growth scenarios.

Our network has the power to deliver an enhanced care journey, higher member lifetime engagement and meaningful outcomes for common stockour clients, as well as generally greater margins when compared to face-to-face treatment. In pursuing our mission of Talkspace outstandinghelping people everywhere to heal, we aim to provide our members with high-quality behavioral healthcare via coverage through a health plan, employee access program, or enterprise benefit or whether they are paying for the service directly.

2


For the year ended December 31, 2023 our revenues were $150.0 million compared to $119.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 131 million eligible lives through our Payor and DTE clients and approximately 11,700 Consumer active members compared to 92 million eligible lives and 15,400 Consumer active members as of immediately priorDecember 31, 2022. Completed sessions for members covered under our Payor clients during the year ended December 31, 2023 were approximately 850,600 compared to Closing (“Vested426,400 completed sessions for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Our Offerings

By seeking to eliminate barriers in accessing and utilizing mental healthcare and offering providers technology-enabled tools to provide high-quality clinical care with a data-driven approach to treatment, we offer our members a robust ecosystem for end-to-end behavioral healthcare. Our offerings include psychotherapy and psychiatry services.

Psychotherapy: In psychotherapy, or “talk therapy,” members work with a licensed therapist or counselor to treat specific mental health conditions like depression or anxiety, trauma and other human challenges, including by developing positive thinking and coping skills. We offer text, audio and video-based psychotherapy from licensed therapists.

Psychiatry: In psychiatry, members receive personalized, expert care from a prescriber who specializes in mental healthcare and prescription management. Typical packages include one initial video consultation, with follow-up video appointments as needed. Like the traditional face-to-face model, Talkspace Options”providers can prescribe medication they deem necessary up and until the point, that in the providers discretion, the member requires a face-to-face provider for potential need of those prescriptions labeled a “controlled substance” under the federal Controlled Substances Act. Our psychiatry services are comprised of board-certified psychiatrists, as well as prescription-eligible nurse practitioners who may supplement the psychiatrist in follow-up visits and act in a medication management capacity.

Our Customers

In pursuit of our mission to expand access to all individuals in need of behavioral services, we strive to deliver effective care to a broad range of customers.

Through Talkspace Behavioral Health plan ("BH") will be cancelledand Talkspace Employee Assistance Program ("EAP) or assumed, as applicable, and converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holders thereof,Payor, we contract with a number of sharesU.S. health plans to provide online therapy to insured members. Through Talkspace for Business or DTE, enterprise members access our platform services on a benefit plan paid by their enterprise.

Payor clients: Through our BH offering, our members receive care directly covered through their individual health plan where our providers are considered in-network. Through our EAP offering, we contract with major Payor clients who are contracted with enterprises to deliver care. Through this solution, we are able to provide therapy and psychiatry services to our clients’ members, who then pay a flat rate per session or interaction, of common stockwhich we receive a portion of Talkspace, Inc., par value $0.0001 per sharethe fee. A representative sample of our health plan clients include Aetna, Cigna and Optum.
DTE clients: Through our DTE offering, we contract directly with enterprises to provide their enterprise members unlimited synchronous and asynchronous care primarily on a per-member-per-month (“Talkspace, Inc. common stock”PMPM”), (or, basis. Enterprises can include employers, academic organizations, higher education, and government entities. Through our contracts we provide mental health solutions to enterprise members which includes employees, teens, students and student athletes. A representative sample of our enterprise clients include Google, the University of Kentucky and the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 131 million eligible lives within our Payor and DTE clients. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for more details on the Company's contractual agreements.

Within our Consumer members, we serve a diverse customer base, with members from all socioeconomic backgrounds, ages, genders, ethnicities, geographies and income level. Further, with both psychotherapy and psychiatry professionals, along with a comprehensive suite of self-help tools, our platform is designed to address the needs of members across a broad range of acuities. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 11,700 Consumer active members located across all 50 U.S. states and select international markets. Consumer active members may cancel their subscription at any time and will receive a pro-rata refund for the subscription price.

3


Technology Platform

We believe that virtual therapy offers an attractive opportunity to improve behavioral health through data science and machine learning. Through digital phenotyping and predictive modeling, the data imprint left by interactions on our platform opens a new, quantitative viewpoint into the behavioral condition of our members. By securely leveraging our unique dataset to identify patterns, which is augmented by advanced, data-driven tools to personalize care, we believe we are able to optimize clinical outcomes. We have designed our technology platform and information practices to achieve and maintain compliance with HIPAA and other legal requirements regarding the confidentiality of patient information. We maintain a written privacy and information security management program, led by designated subject matter experts, in order to (i) limit how we use and disclose protected health information of the members who utilize our technology platform or therapeutic services, (ii) implement reasonable administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such information from misuse or cyber-attacks, and (iii) assist our customers with certain duties such as access to information under the privacy standards, among other program elements. We require our agents and subcontractors who have access to such information to enter into written agreements that require them to meet the same standards for security and privacy. We obtain third-party examinations of our controls relating to security and data privacy. In particular, we regularly obtain a Type II Service Organization Control SOC 2 report (Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization relevant to security, availability and privacy). We also retain outside consultants to regularly assess our vulnerability through penetration testing and analysis of our compliance with the HIPAA Security Rule.

The following table depicts the technology-enabled process flow that supports our platform:

img104969663_0.jpg

Matching algorithm: We utilize machine learning to predict a provider’s efficacy at onboarding. Our matching algorithm combines information from both structured and unstructured sources to predict which therapists have the greatest chance of success with each patient. Our matching model concurrently gathers client and therapist data and screens the therapists’ population to match the patient’s characteristics, clinical needs and preferences. Our machine learning technology also enables us to track the frequency and quality of clinical interactions, allowing us to provide a better therapist match should the patient request a new clinician.

Robust data ecosystem: We have a closed-loop data ecosystem providing a multi-dimensional view of the individuals who seek treatment on our platform. This data provides a holistic picture of each user – the problems they manifest, diagnoses, treatment plans, medical history, personal history, and clinical outcomes. Our data contains over 7.2 billion words sent by millions of users over 127 million anonymized messages. We have approximately 5 million completed psychological assessments. Our data contains information about members collected by therapists, including approximately 1 million diagnoses and over 2.8 million progress and psychotherapy notes. Our data also contains information about therapists reported by members, including over 2.1 million therapist ratings. We believe the size and depth of our clinical data is vast relative to the industry and is a differentiating element of our digitally-native modality.

Empowering providers to deliver enhanced care: Our providers are equipped with tools that allow them to optimize time utilization and improve clinical efficacy. One of the leading challenges in behavioral healthcare is a patient’s premature termination of engagement with the provider and, thus, a core focus of our machine learning strategy is to drive member

4


engagement and increase care continuity, helping members to continue treatment long enough to reap its benefits. In order to extend the lifetime duration of our member base, we provide our providers insights on their patients’ needs and behaviors and offer techniques and suggestions that we believe are likely to maximize their patients’ satisfaction and engagement. These insights, delivered through our fully-integrated data intelligence platform, help providers to deliver effective treatments to their patients, and raise members’ awareness when tracking their own clinical progress.

Performance tracking and feedback: Our “Intro and Expectations” system detects whether providers have followed best practices in the crucial introductory phase of the therapy relationship and reminds them to do so if they have not. Our “Crisis Risk system” monitors all incoming members’ messages for linguistic features associated with potential danger or self-harm and draws providers’ attention to these cases. Our “Session Highlights system” provides a weekly digest of patient messages and helps therapists draft notes on clinical progress.

Competition

We view as competitors those companies whose primary business is developing and marketing telehealth and virtual behavioral health platforms and services. Competition focuses on, among other factors, technology, breadth and depth of functionality, range of associated services, operational experience, customer support, extent of client and member bases, and reputation. Our key competitors in the telehealth and teletherapy markets are American Well Corporation, Teladoc, Lyra Health and Spring Health, among other small industry participants.

In addition, large, well-financed health systems and health plans have in some cases developed their own virtual behavioral health tools and may provide these solutions to their consumers at discounted prices. In the future we may face competition from large technology companies, such as Apple, Amazon, Meta, Verizon, or Microsoft, who may wish to develop their own virtual behavioral health solutions, as well as from large retailers like Amazon or Walmart. We believe that the breadth of our existing client and member bases, the depth of our technology platform, and our business-to-business focus on promoting existing healthcare brands and integrating freely with multiple platforms increases the likelihood that stakeholders seeking to develop virtual behavioral healthcare solutions will choose instead to collaborate with Talkspace.

Therapists, Physicians and Healthcare Professionals

In the second quarter of 2022, we completed the transition of our structure with respect to holdersour relationships with healthcare providers, transitioning to a structure where Talkspace LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, has entered into various agreements with Talkspace Provider Network, PA ("TPN"), a Texas professional association entity, which in turn contracts with our other affiliated professional entities ("PC entities"), physicians, therapists, and other licensed professionals for clinical and professional services provided to our members. As part of Vestedthis transition, Talkspace Options,LLC is party to various Management Services Agreements (“MSAs”) with TPN and the PC entities. Pursuant to the MSAs, Talkspace LLC is the managing entity (the “Manager”) and provides management and administrative resources and services essential to the operations of these entities and receives a numbermanagement fee for these services and reimbursement of Vested Talkspace Optionsexpenses incurred. TPN and the PC entities in turn have the obligation under the MSAs to engage all licensed physicians and other health professionals to provide behavioral healthcare services to our members.

The transition to a structure where we operate under various MSAs with professional associations and professional corporations authorized by state law to contract with affiliated professionals to delivery teletherapy services to its members helps ensure we are able to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, including the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws, that are outstanding as of immediately priornecessarily implicated by engaging in telehealth care that can only be delivered by physicians. The Company is continuing to transition its current agreements with its clients, members and other business partners to TPN and/or the PC entities, where applicable.

See Note 12, “Variable Interest Entities” in the notes to the effective timeconsolidated financial statements for further details.

5


Human Capital Overview

The Company’s workforce is critical to the creation and delivery of its services and the success of the First Merger (the “First Effective Time”) that will be assumedcompany. Our ability to attract, develop and convertedretain talented employees with the skills and capabilities needed by virtueour business is a key component of our long-term growth and our mission of providing more people with convenient access to quality, affordable behavioral healthcare.

The Company views full-time employees and independently contracted providers as its total workforce, and each are eligible for the various formal and informal programs and resources to support, recruit, train and retain its workforce. The Company's human capital network includes, but is not limited to, employee and independently contracted providers (licensed therapists, psychologists, psychiatrists), as well as employees in various support functions throughout the Company. The human capital needs and strategy of our business is overseen by the Company's Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer and supported by the Company’s Human Resources Department, which reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

As of December 31, 2023, we had 472 employees comprised of 252 providers and 220 professionals supporting the accounting, finance, technology, sales, marketing and other support functions and 5,235 independently contracted providers. With providers comprising a considerable segment of the First MergerCompany’s workforce, they are a significant human capital resource for the Company, and, accordingly, we view their recruitment, retention, compensation and productivity as important to the success of the Company.

Culture and Values

Tone at the top is what drives us. We are committed to maintaining a respectful, secure and supportive workplace culture with open communication and accessible, safe channels for feedback. In addition, all employees are required to complete training and affirm compliance with the Talkspace Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”), which confirms the Company’s policy to conduct its affairs in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and observe the highest standards of business ethics. The Code is reviewed regularly by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors and is complemented by other policies and training. Any violations of our Code are encouraged to be immediately reported and are kept anonymously.

Diversity and Inclusion

Talkspace is committed to creating and maintaining a workplace in which all employees have an opportunity to participate and contribute to the success of the business. Talkspace provides equal employment opportunities to all employees and applicants for employment without regard to race, color, ancestry, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, age, disability, gender identity, results of genetic testing, or service in the military. Equal employment opportunity applies to all terms and conditions of employment, including hiring, placement, promotion, separation, transfers, compensation, and training. The Company is committed to cultivating diversity and broadening opportunities for inclusion across its business through its recruitment practices, employee development and mentoring and inclusivity programs.

Compensation and Benefits

The Company is committed to hiring the most qualified candidates to fill open positions. Whenever appropriate and possible, open positions are filled with internal candidates to help team members in their career development and enrich a culture of growth. Compensation and benefits programs are focused on attracting, retaining and motivating the top talent necessary to achieve the Company’s mission in ways that reflect its diverse workforce’s needs and priorities. In addition to competitive salaries, the Company and its businesses have established short and long-term incentive programs including stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards, which are designed to motivate and reward performance against key business objectives and facilitate retention. Performance bonus allocations are provided based on the organization meeting its financial goals, the employee achieving goals set by their supervisor, and per the employment agreements and/or any other written agreement. In addition, the Company provides retirement benefits and other comprehensive benefit options to meet the needs of its employees, including healthcare benefits, tax advantaged savings vehicles, life and disability insurance, paid time off, flexible working arrangements, generous parental leave policies and access to wellness programs.

6


Training and Development

Our growth mindset culture begins with valuing learning over knowing – seeking out new ideas, driving innovation, embracing challenges, learning from failure, and improving over time. The Company strives to provide mentorship and career development to existing employees to help everyone on the team reach their full potential and employees are encouraged to reach out to their supervisors if further development training is needed. In addition, the Company provides ongoing training in areas related to HIPAA, Cybersecurity, Security and Privacy Controls, Fraud Waste, and Abuse and Anti-Harassment and Discrimination training, among others.

U.S. Government Regulation

Our operations are subject to comprehensive United States federal, state and local and international regulation in the jurisdictions in which we do business. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve and can become more restrictive, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. In some jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of formal judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that impacts our operations.

For an additional discussion of our regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Telehealth and Teletherapy Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of therapy services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations, approvals and standards, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine and licensed professional services (including the provision of remote care), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication and ordering of tests. The application of some of these laws to telehealth and teletherapy is unclear and subject to differing interpretations.

Physicians, therapists and other licensed professionals who provide professional medical and therapy services to a patient via telehealth and teletherapy must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or another licensed profession in the state in which the patient is located. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth and teletherapy to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth and teletherapy. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in licensure actions against the professionals, our services being found to be non-reimbursable, or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil, criminal or administrative penalties.

Corporate Practice of Medicine Laws in the U.S.; Fee Splitting

We contract with physicians or physician owned professional associations, professional corporations and therapists to provide access to our platform and to provide therapy to their patients. We have entered into MSAs with TPN and the PC entities pursuant to which we provide billing, scheduling and a wide range of other administrative and management services in exchange for management and other service fees. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws that prohibit fee splitting or the corporate practice of medicine or professional services by lay entities or persons and that are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing a physician’s or another licensed professional’s clinical judgment. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an optionelement of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine and other licensed profession restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine or other licensed profession.

7


State corporate practice of medicine or other licensed professions and fee splitting laws and rules vary from state to purchase sharesstate. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of Talkspace, Inc. common stock (“Vested HEC Options”))these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth and teletherapy to a resident of the state. Thus, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or a combinationlicensed profession or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated providers constitute unlawful fee splitting. In such event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our affiliated providers, civil, criminal or administrative penalties, receipt of sharescease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of Talkspace, Inc. common stock and cash (or, with respectprovider licenses, the need to holders of Vested Talkspace Options, a combination of Vested HEC Options and cash), in each case, as

adjusted pursuantmake changes to the terms of engagement of our providers that interfere with our business, and other materially adverse consequences.

U.S. Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Although our services are not currently reimbursed by government healthcare programs such as Medicare or Medicaid, any future reimbursement from federal and/or state healthcare programs could expose our business to broadly applicable fraud and abuse laws and other healthcare laws and regulations that would regulate the Merger Agreement, whichbusiness. Applicable and potentially applicable U.S. federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, those discussed below.

Federal Stark Law

If in the aggregatefuture some of our revenues come from federal healthcare programs, we will be subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” such as laboratory and other diagnostic services and prescription drugs that are furnished at an entity if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with any optionsthe entity, unless an exception applies. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include denial of payment, civil monetary penalties of up to acquire shares$26,125 per claim submitted and twice the value of Talkspace common stock grantedeach such service and exclusion from the federal healthcare programs. Failure to refund amounts received as a result of a prohibited referral on a timely basis may constitute a false or fraudulent claim and may result in civil penalties and additional penalties under the 2014 Stock Incentive Planfederal False Claims Act (“FCA”). The statute also provides for a penalty of Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (“Talkspace Options”),up to $174,172 for a circumvention scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law, can be considered a violation of the FCA (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law for TPN, the PC entities or portion thereof,our affiliated physicians could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We will also be subject to the extentfederal Anti-Kickback Statute if any of our services become reimbursable by government healthcare programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA, as discussed below. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute may result in civil monetary penalties up to $105,563 for each violation, plus up to three times the remuneration involved. Civil penalties for such Talkspace Option (orconduct can further be assessed under the FCA. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can also result in criminal penalties, including criminal fines of more than $100,000 and imprisonment of up to 10 years. Similarly, violations can result in exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, if in the future we provide services reimbursable by government healthcare programs. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) has published safe-harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable portion thereof) is outstanding

8


criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not vestedfully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of immediately priornumerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the First Effective Time,FCA. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be assumed by Talkspace, Inc. and converted intopresented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an optionoverpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for an FCA action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for FCA violations include fines ranging from $13,508 to purchase shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock, will equal the closing merger consideration (the “Closing Merger Consideration”), reduced by certain deductions$27,018 for the parties’ transaction expenses and $72,000,000 (the “Sponsor Share Amount”). The maximum amount of cash (the “Closing Cash Consideration”) that may be paideach false claim, plus up to the pre-closing holders of shares of Talkspace stock and Vested Talkspace Options pursuant to the foregoing is equal to (i)three times the amount of cash helddamages sustained by usthe federal government. An FCA violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare programs.

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Several states in the trust account (after reduction for the aggregate amountwhich we operate have also adopted or may adopt similar self-referral, anti-kickback, fraud, whistleblower and false claims laws as described above. The scope of cash payable in respect of any stockholder redemptions), plus (ii) the amounts received by us upon the consummation of the PIPE Investment (as defined below)these laws and the transactions contemplatedinterpretations of them vary by jurisdiction and are enforced by local courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by Medicaid programs and any third-party payer, including commercial insurers or to any payer, including to funds paid out of pocket by a patient. A determination of liability under the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement (as defined below), minus (iii) $250,000,000, minus (iv) the transaction expensessuch state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

FCA established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payers of the partieshealthcare services. Under FCA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to the Merger Agreement.Healthcare Matters.” The maximum numberHealthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payers. A violation of shares (the “Closing Share Consideration”) of Talkspace, Inc. common stock thatthis statute is a felony and may be issuedresult in fines, imprisonment, or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to the pre-closing holders of Talkspace stockHealthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and Talkspace Options (including shares of Talkspace’s common stock underlyingwillfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact by any Talkspace Options on a net exercise basis) pursuant to the foregoing is equal to a number determined by dividing (a)(i) the Closing Merger Consideration minus (ii) the Closing Cash Consideration, minus (iii) the Sponsor Share Amount, minus (iv) the transaction expenses of the parties to the Merger Agreement, by (b) $10.00. At our election, in certain circumstances the Closing Cash Consideration may be reduced (with a corresponding increase to the Closing Share Consideration) to the extent required to ensure that the business combination qualifies for the intended income tax treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, in no event shall the consideration payabletrick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the Transactionsdelivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in respectfines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of all outstanding sharesthe same conduct in the submission of Talkspace stockclaims to private payers as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs. In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and Talkspace Options (including sharesemploying or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of Talkspace’s common stock underlyingcopayments and deductible amounts (or any Talkspace Options onpart thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a net exercise basis) exceed (i) an amountparticular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Furthermore, in cash equalcertain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the Closing Cash Considerationprohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and (ii) a number of shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock equaldeductibles offered to the Closing Share Consideration.

The Merger Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and covenants of the parties thereto.

The Proposed Business Combination is expected to be consummated after receipt of the required approvalpatients covered by our stockholders and the satisfaction or waiver of certain other customary closing conditions, including the receipt of approval for listing on Nasdaq of the shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

The Merger Agreement contemplates that, at the Closing, Talkspace, Inc., the sponsor and certain former stockholders of Talkspace (the “Talkspace Holders”) will enter into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, among Talkspace, Inc., our sponsor and certain former stockholders of Talkspace (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which Talkspace, Inc. will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), certain shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock and other equity securities of Talkspace, Inc. that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

Talkspace Holders Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Company, Talkspace and certain stockholders of Talkspace (the “Requisite Talkspace Stockholders”) entered into the Talkspace holders support agreement (the “Talkspace Holders Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Talkspace Holders Support Agreement, the Requisite Talkspace Stockholders agreedcommercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, (i) voteunlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts, and statutory or common law fraud.

9


U.S. State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal information, including health information. In particular, HIPAA imposes a number of requirements on covered entities and their business associates relating to the use, disclosure and safeguarding of protected health information. These requirements include uniform standards of common electronic healthcare transactions; privacy and security regulations; and unique identifier rules for employers, health plans and providers. In addition, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and corresponding implementing regulations have imposed additional requirements on the use and disclosure of protected health information such as additional breach notification and reporting requirements, contracting requirements for HIPAA business associate agreements, strengthened enforcement mechanisms and increased penalties for HIPAA violations. Federal consumer protection laws may also apply in some instances to privacy and security practices related to personal information.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. Our management responsibilities to TPN and the PC entities include assisting it with its obligations under HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured protected health information (“PHI”), which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. HIPAA also requires a business associate to notify its covered entity clients of breaches by the business associate.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards for electronic transactions that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD 10 for medical coding on October 1, 2013, which was subsequently extended to October 1, 2015 and approve,is now in effect.

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. Moreover, state laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective/restrictive than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our existing or planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but, unlike HIPAA, some may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws could change rapidly, and there is currently a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law under consideration to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security acts or practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting. The FTC and states’ attorneys general have brought enforcement actions and prosecuted some data breach cases as unfair and/or deceptive acts or practices under the FTC Act and similar state laws. Further, the California Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which took effect in 2020 and to which we are subject, imposes obligations and restrictions on businesses regarding their collection, use, and sharing of personal information and provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording them the right to access and delete their personal information and to opt out of certain sharing of personal information. Additionally, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which came into effect on January 1, 2023, significantly amends and expands the CCPA, including by providing consumers with additional rights with respect to their personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA.

10


Laws similar to the CCPA and CPRA have passed in Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, Utah and Washington and are expected in other states and at the federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States.

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of personal information and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials and providing credit monitoring services and/or other relevant services to impacted individuals. In addition, under HIPAA, breach notification laws and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our clients who are covered entities, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our clients following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

Intellectual Property

It is important to our business that we establish, protect and enforce our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other legal rights to establish and enforce our brand, proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights.

Through March 13, 2024, the Company has been approved for one patent related to “System and Method in Monitoring Engagement” which relates to the tracking of therapeutic progress between therapist and client. We also have one patent that is pending and several other conditional applications in the United States. We intend to continue to apply for additional patents relating to our software and technology. We cannot assure whether any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims.

We own and use trademarks and service marks on or in connection with our business and services, including both unregistered marks and registered trademarks in the United States. In addition, we rely on other forms of intellectual property protection including trade secrets, know-how and other unpatented proprietary processes, in each case in support of our business. We make efforts to maintain and protect our intellectual property and the proprietary aspects of our products and technologies, including through the use of nondisclosure agreements and the monitoring of our competitors. Although we take steps to protect our trade secrets and know-how, third parties may independently develop or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and know-how by lawful means. We require our employees, consultants and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment or consulting relationships with us but these agreements may not provide meaningful protection, and we cannot guarantee that we have executed such agreements with all applicable counterparties. Furthermore, these agreements may be breached, and we may not have an adequate remedy for any such breach. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to us inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or which relate to our business. We also license certain intellectual property rights that are used in our business from third parties. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings relating to intellectual property arising in the ordinary course of our business, including opposition to our applications for patents, trademarks, challenges to the validity of our intellectual property rights, and claims of intellectual property infringement. We are not presently a party to any such legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Additional Information

The Company's principal place of business is at 622 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 and its telephone number is (212) 284-7206. The Company's website address is talkspace.com. The Company makes available free of charge on the investors section of its website the Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and other SEC filings and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after the registration statement in connection with the registration of Talkspace, Inc. common stock is declared effective and delivered or otherwise made available to the stockholders of the Company and Talkspace, and in any event within forty-eight hours after such registration statement is declared effective and delivered or otherwise made available to the stockholders of the Company and Talkspace,

the Merger Agreement and the Transactions, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Talkspace Holders Support Agreement, and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and cooperate with other parties, to exercise the drag-along rights pursuant to and in accordance with that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2019, by and among Talkspace, the Investors and the Key Holders (as such terms are defined therein). Each of the Requisite Talkspace Stockholders acknowledged and agreed to be bound by the transfers restrictions on its lock-up shares during the period of 180 days after the Closing Date, in each case, subject to limited exceptions as set forth in the proposed bylaws of Talkspace, Inc., effective prior to the First Effective Time and the closing of the PIPE Investment.

Sponsor Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we, the sponsor, Douglas Braunstein, Douglas Bergeron, Jonathan Dobres, Robert Greifeld, Amy Schulman and Thelma Duggin (the “Insiders”) and Talkspace entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Insiders agreed to, among other things, vote to adopt and approve the Merger Agreement and the Transactions, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Support Agreement. Each of the Insiders also agreed to certain transfers restrictions on their lock-up shares during the period of 180 days after the Closing Date, in each case, subject to limited exceptions as contemplated thereby.

Subscription Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into subscription agreements with the investors participating in the PIPE Investment (the “PIPE Investors”) (collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, 30,000,000 shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $300,000,000 (the “PIPE Investment”). The closings under the Subscription Agreements will occur substantially concurrently with the Closing, subject to, among other things, the satisfaction of each condition precedent to the Closing set forth in the Merger Agreement, all representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Subscription Agreements being true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date, satisfaction, performance and compliance by the Company and each PIPE Investor in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions contained therein, and no amendment or modification of, or waiver with respect to the Company’s obligation to effect the Closing that would reasonably be expected to materially, adversely and disproportionately, as compared to other PIPE Investors, affect the economic benefits of each PIPE Investor without having received such PIPE Investor’s prior written consent. Additionally, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to waive any claims that they may have at the Closing or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, the Subscription Agreements against the Company with respect to the trust account.

HEC Forward Purchase Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into an amendment to our forward purchase agreement, dated June 8, 2020, between the Company and HEC Master Fund LP (“HEC Fund”). Pursuant to the First Amendment to the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, dated January 12, 2021, between the Company and HEC Fund (the “HEC Forward Purchase Agreement”), HEC Fund agreed to purchase 2,500,000 forward purchase units (the “Forward Purchase Units”), for $10.00 per unit, or in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the Closing. HEC Fund also agreed to backstop up to $25,000,000 of redemptions by our stockholders. Each Forward Purchase Unit consists of one share of Talkspace, Inc. common stock and one-half of one warrant to purchase one share of Talkspace, Inc. common stock.

Talkspace, Inc. 2021 Incentive Reward Plan

On January 11, 2021, our Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder approval, Talkspace, Inc.’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan for the purpose of providing a means through which to enhance the ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to Talkspace, Inc. by

providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities and/or equity-linked compensatory opportunities. Our Board of Directors believes that equity awards are necessary to remain competitive and are essential to recruiting and retaining the highly qualified employees.

Talkspace, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On January 11, 2021, our Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder approval, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) for the purpose of providing a means through which to provide employees of Talkspace and its participating subsidiaries with the opportunity to purchase Talkspace, Inc. common stock at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions during successive offering periods. Our Board of Directors believes that the ESPP enhances employees’ sense of participation in performance, aligns their interests with those of stockholders, and is a necessary and powerful incentive and retention tool that benefits stockholders.

Additional Information Regarding Our Proposed Initial Business Combination

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC, which includes a preliminary proxy statement/prospectus, and we will file other documents regarding the Transactions. A definitive proxy statement/prospectus will also be sent to our stockholders and Talkspace’s stockholders, seeking any required stockholder approvals. We urge stockholders to carefully read the entire registration statement and proxy statement/prospectus and any other relevant documents filed with the SEC, including any amendments or supplements to these documents, because they contain important information about such transactions, including detailed descriptions of the Transactions and a discussion of historical information and risks relating to the Transactions. The documents filed by us with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Other than as specifically discussed, this report does not reflect that we have entered into the Merger Agreement regarding the Proposed Business Combination or the other agreements described above.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are registered under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports withor furnish such materials to the SEC. The SEC’s internet site (http://www.sec.gov)SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains suchthese reports, proxy and information statements and other information. The information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains financial statements auditedour website is not, and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to and have taken advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that arewill not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be, a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited.

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not

had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with certain other public companies difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. We intend to continue to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares of Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th or (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th.

Facilities

We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 570 Lexington Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and maintain other offices as provided to us by our officers. The cost for this space is included in the $10,000 per-month aggregate fee an affiliate of our sponsor charges us for general secretarial and administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement between us and such affiliate of our sponsor. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the relevant areas, that the fee charged by such affiliate of our sponsor is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Human Capital Resources

We currently have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to the Company’s matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to its affairs. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Legal Proceedings

On February 10, 2021, two purported shareholders of the Company filed actions against us and the members of our Board of Directors relating to the Mergers. On March 10, 2021, our Board of Directors received a shareholder demand letter against us and members of our Board of Directors. In each case, the shareholders allege a variety of disclosure deficiencies in our preliminary proxy statement/prospectus filed in connection with the Transactions and seek disclosures of additional information. The alleged omissions generally relate to (i) certain financial projections; (ii) certain valuation analyses performed by the Company; and (iii) alleged conflicts of interest. Plaintiffs seek to enjoin the forthcoming shareholder vote on the Mergers unless and until we

disclose the allegedly omitted material information summarized above. The plaintiffs also seek damages and attorneys’ fees.

The Company cannot predict the outcome of the lawsuits or demand letter or any others that might be filed subsequent to the date of the filingpart of this Annual Report on Form 10-K nor can or incorporated into any of our other filings with the Company predict the amountSEC, except where we expressly incorporated such information.

11


Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

An investment in

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

In the course of conducting our securities involvesbusiness operations, we are exposed to a high degreevariety of risk. You should consider carefully allrisks. Any of the risks describedrisk factors we describe below together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the prospectus associated with our Initial Public Offering and the registration statement relating to our Proposed Business Combination, before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following events occur,have affected or could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results of operations. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements, see “Forward-Looking Statements” in Part II Item 7.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection as to “Talkspace,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of Talkspace, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

The following is a summary of the material risks known to us. Please carefully consider the following risk factors together with all other information included in this Form 10-K and our other publicly filed documents when investing in our common stock.

Risks Related to our Operating Results and Early Stage of Growth

We have a history of losses and we may be materially adversely affected. In that event,never achieve or sustain profitability.
Our business and the tradingmarkets we operate in are rapidly evolving which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.
We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our securitiescommon stock.
We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.
We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
If we are unable to secure clients' contract renewals, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
The future growth and profitability of our business will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, and our ability to develop brand awareness cost-effectively.
We may be unsuccessful in achieving broad market education and changing consumer purchasing habits.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties that we provide services to.
Our virtual behavioral healthcare strategies depend on our ability to maintain and expand our network of therapists, psychiatrists and other providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.
Developments affecting spending by the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.
Negative media coverage and social media engagement could adversely affect our business.
We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.
A decline in the prevalence of enterprise-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may adversely impact our DTE business or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.
We rely on third-party platforms such as the Apple Store and youthe Google Play App Store, to distribute our platform and offerings.
We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our clients and members, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients and members, adversely affecting our bran and our business.

12


If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client’s data or information systems is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose allsales, clients and members.
There may be adverse tax, legal and other consequences if the employment status of providers on our platform is challenged.
Changes in consumer sentiment or part of your investment.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC, which includes a preliminary proxy statement and a prospectus, and we will file other documentslaws, rules or regulations regarding the Transactions. A definitive proxy statement/prospectus will alsouse of cookies, artificial intelligence technologies and other tracking technologies and other privacy matters could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate net revenues and could adversely affect our ability to collect proprietary data on consumer behavior.

Certain U.S. state and local tax authorities may assert that we have a nexus with such states or localities and may seek to impose state and local income taxes on our income allocated to such state and localities and assert we are required to collect sales and use taxes.
Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other attributes may be sentsubject to certain limitations.
We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled and diverse employees could adversely affect our business.
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and Talkspace’s stockholders, seeking any required stockholder approvals. We urge stockholders to carefully read the entire registration statementotherwise disrupt our operations and proxy statement/prospectus and any other relevant documents filed with the SEC, including any amendments or supplements to these documents, because they contain important information about such transactions, including detailed descriptions of the Transactions and a discussion of historical information and risks relating to the Transactions. The documents filed by us with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Other than as specifically indicated, the risk factors discussed herein do not reflect our entry into the Merger Agreement with respect to the Proposed Business Combination.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. These risks include, but are not limited to, risks associated with:

being a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues;

our ability to complete our initial business combination, including our Proposed Business Combination with Talkspace, and risks arising from the uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic;

our public stockholders’ ability exercise redemption rights;

the requirement that we complete our initial business combination within a certain time frame;

the possibility that Nasdaq may delist our security from trading on its exchange;

being declared an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”);

complying with changing laws and regulations;

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses and the performance of such target business or businesses;

the pool of prospective target businesses available to us and the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

the issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with a business combination that may dilute the interest of our existing shareholders;

the incentives to our sponsor, officers and directors to complete a business combination to avoid losing their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our ability to amend the terms of our warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders;

our ability to redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading; and

provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law that may have the effect of inhibiting a takeover of us and discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Risks Relating to Our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, an Initial Business Combination

Our stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination if the business combination would not require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirements, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our common stock do not approve of the business combination we complete.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

Until we enter into an agreement with respect to an initial business combination, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of such initial business combination. Since our Board of Directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in the Initial Public Offering (“public shares”) may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, our public stockholders’ only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding our initial business combination may be limited to exercising their redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our founders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Following the completion of our Initial Public Offering, our founders own 20% of our outstanding common stock. Our founders and management team also may from time to time purchase Class A common stock on the open market prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (our “certificate of incorporation”) provides that, if we seek stockholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares

voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. As a result, assuming the affirmative vote of our founder shares, we would need 15,525,001, or 37.5%, of the 41,400,000 currently outstanding public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our founders and management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or make us unable to satisfy a minimum cash condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. In addition, the amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in

connection with your exercise of redemption rights until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

The COVID-19 outbreak has resulted in, and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could also result in, a global health crisis that could adversely affect economies and financial markets worldwide, and specifically the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination if we are unable to complete the Proposed Business Combination. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continues to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination if we are unable to complete the Proposed Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others, including the efficacy and adoption of recently developed vaccines with respect to COVID-19. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity or third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within 24 months of the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing date of our Initial Public Offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case, to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, founders, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, founders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions fordifficulty integrating any such transactions. None ofacquisitions successfully or realizing the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our sponsor, founders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrantholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. We expect any

such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or submit public shares for redemption. For example, we intend to require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their stock certificates to our transfer agent, or to deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the date on which the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination is to be held. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a stockholder vote, we intend to require a public stockholder seeking redemption of its public shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed.

Our public stockholders do not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate their investment, shareholders may be forced to sell their public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In addition, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate their investment, public stockholders or warrantholders may be forced to sell their public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

If the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering that are not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months after the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we would depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering, approximately $1,178,000 is available to us as of December 31, 2020 outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We believe that, as of December 31, 2020, the funds available to us outside of the trust account are sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing date of our initial public offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team oranticipated benefits therefrom, any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, with respect to a redemption of their public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, any stockholders or warrant holders who choose to remain stockholders or warrant holders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or warrant holders are unlikely to have a

remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. The underwriters of our Initial Public Offering did not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement which is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any

redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

The securities in which we invest the funds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the aggregate value of the assets held in the trust account such that the per share redemption amount received by public stockholders may be less than your anticipated per share redemption amount.

The funds in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act and that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. While short-term U.S. government treasury bills currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial business combination or make certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation, our public stockholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income not released to us, net of taxes payable. Negative interest rates could impact the per share redemption amount that may be received by public stockholders.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our Board of Directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our Board of Directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our Board of Directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are not currently subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business plan is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our current or anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to our trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Our securities are not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering; and (iii) absent an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsfinancial condition and results of operations. In addition,

Inflation and increased interest rates may increase our operating and capital costs.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our business could be adversely affected by legal challenges to our business model or by actions restricting our ability to provide the full range of our services in certain jurisdictions.
Evolving government regulations may result in increased costs or adversely affect our results of operations.
We are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we do not own, to provide physician and other professional services, and our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions would be adversely affected if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with our providers or clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting.
The impact on us of ongoing healthcare legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We conduct business in a failureheavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with applicablethese laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or regulations, as interpreted and applied,be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,financial condition, and results of operations.

Because we are neither limited

Our use and disclosure of personal information, including protected health information ("PHI"), personal data, and other health information, is subject to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, holders of our securities will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

Our efforts to identify a prospective initial business combination target are not limited to a particular industry, sector or geographic region. While we may pursue an initial business combination opportunity in any industry or sector, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and operate a business or businesses that can benefit from our management team’s established global relationships and operating experience. Our management team has extensive experience in identifying and executing strategic investments globally and has done so successfully in a number of sectors, including financial services. Our certificate of incorporation prohibits us from effectuating a business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Until we select or approach any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or

an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure holders of our securities that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure holders of our securities that an investment in our securities will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders or warrant holders who choose to remain stockholders or warrant holders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of carestate, federal or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

In evaluating a prospective target business forprivacy and security regulations, and our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all the funds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Units to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of the Forward Purchase Units fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into an amendment to our forward purchase agreement, dated June 8, 2020, between the Company and HEC Fund. Pursuant to the First Amendment to the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, HEC Fund agreed to purchase 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Units, for $10.00 per unit, or in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the Closing. HEC Fund also agreed to backstop up to $25,000,000 of redemptions by our stockholders. The proceeds from the sale of these Forward Purchase Units, together with the backstop commitments and amounts available to us from the trust account (after giving effect to any redemptions of public shares) and any other equity or debt financing obtained by us in connection with the business combination, will be used to satisfy the cash requirements of the business combination, including funding the purchase price and paying expenses and retaining specified amounts to be used by the post-business combination company for working capital or other purposes. To the extent that the amounts available from the trust account and other financing are sufficient for such cash requirements, fewer than 5,000,000 Forward Purchase Units may be purchased.

HEC Fund’s obligation to purchase the Forward Purchase Units will be subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including that our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with the purchase of the Forward Purchase Units. If the sale of the Forward Purchase Units does not close for any reason, including by reason of the failure to fundcomply with those regulations or to adequately secure the purchase price, for example,information we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries or sectors that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure holders of our securities that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure investors that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our Board of Directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or shares of preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 380,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,

and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2020, there were 338,600,000 and 9,650,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance. Class B common stock is automatically convertible into Class A common stock concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein and in our certificate of incorporation. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock or shares of preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth therein. However, our certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on any initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering or (y) amend the foregoing provisions. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or shares of preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of our existing investors;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A common stock if shares of preferred stock are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A common stock;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of Class A common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, andhold could result in the resignationsignificant liability or removal of our present officersreputational harm and, directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Unlike some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies, our founders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue certain shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination onin turn, a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of shares of Class A common stock by public stockholders), including the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities or rights exercisable for or convertible into shares of Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to our sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis. This is different than some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies in which the founders are only issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to an initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and the sale of the Forward Purchase Units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants provided us with $414,000,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account). The proceeds from the sale of the Forward Purchase Units will provide us an additional $50,000,000. We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks,

including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not maintain control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders or warrant holders do not agree.

Our certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In addition, our proposed initial business combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem

any shares in connection with such initial business combination, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, special purpose acquisition companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, special purpose acquisition companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, special purpose acquisition companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our certificate of incorporation will require the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing date of our Initial Public Offering or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other special purpose acquisition companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) or applicable stock exchange rules. Our founders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock, may participate in any vote to amend our certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other special purpose acquisition companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which our stockholders do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our certificate of incorporation.

Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to written agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our certificate of incorporation to modify the

substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (net of permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

Certain agreements entered into in connection with our Initial Public Offering may be amended without stockholder approval.

Each of the agreements entered into in connection with our Initial Public Offering to which we are a party, other than the warrant agreement and the investment management trust agreement, may be amended without stockholder approval. Such agreements include the letter agreement among us and our founders, sponsor, officers and directors; the registration rights agreement among us and our founders; the Private Placement Warrants purchase agreement between us and our sponsor; and the administrative services agreement among us, our sponsor and an affiliate of our sponsor. These agreements contain various provisions that our public stockholders might deem to be material. For example, our letter agreement contains certain lock-up provisions with respect to the founder shares, Private Placement Warrants and other securities held by our founders, sponsor, officers and directors. Amendments to such agreements would require the consent of the applicable parties thereto and would need to be approved by our Board of Directors, which may do so for a variety of reasons, including to facilitate our initial business combination. While we do not expect our Board of Directors to approve any amendment to any of these agreements prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our Board of Directors, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to any such agreement. Any amendment entered into in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to such initial business combination, and any other material amendment to any of our material agreements will be disclosed in a filing with the SEC. Any such amendments would not require approval from our stockholders, may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible, and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. For example, amendments to the lock-up provision discussed above may result in our founders selling their securities earlier than they would otherwise be permitted, which may have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.

client base and member bases and revenue.

We may be unableexposed to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operationscompliance obligations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portionrisks under anti-corruption, export controls and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders,United States and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offeringapplicable non-U.S. jurisdictions, and the saleany instances of the Private Placement Warrants and the forward purchase securities will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and the forward purchase securities prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination.

We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment has made it especially difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financingnoncompliance could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and the continued development or growth of the target business. Noneresults of our officers, directorsoperations.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

Any failure to protect, enforce or stockholders isdefend our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our brand.
Third parties may challenge the validity of our trademarks and patents or oppose trademark and patent applications. Companies with other patents could require us to stop using or pay to use required technology.
We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

13


Table of Contents

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to provideclaims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any financingof which could harm out business, financial conditions and results of operations.
We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable solutions or the generation of significant future revenues.

Risks Related to us in connection with or afterOwnership of our initial business combination.Common Stock, our Warrants and Operating as a Public Company

We continue to incur costs and devote continued management time as a result of operating as a public company.
If we effectfail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we wouldability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be subject to a variety of additional risks thatimpaired, which may adversely affect us.

If we pursueinvestor confidence in us and, as a target company with operationsresult, the value of our common stock.

Delaware law and our organizational documents contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or opportunities outsidediscourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our initialdirectors and officers.
Future sales and resales of our common stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, even if our business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a varietyis doing well.
An investor’s percentage of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changesownership in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinationsCompany may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such initial business combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the Company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Risks Relating to our Securities

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of the funds in our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public sharesdiluted in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, wefuture.

We do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time, that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending

claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of the funds in our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholderspay cash dividends for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

foreseeable future.

You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the underlying Class A common stock or certain exemptions are available.

If the issuance of the Class A common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, holders of warrants will not be entitled to exercise such warrants and such warrants may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A common stock included in the units.

We are not registering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the registration under the Securities Act of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and thereafter will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following our initial business combination and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order.

If the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, under the terms of the warrant agreement, holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants will not be permitted to do so for cash and, instead, will be required to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

In no event will warrants be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration or qualification is available.

If our shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of “covered securities” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, not permit holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants to do so for cash and, instead, require them to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act; in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws, and in the event we do not so elect, we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities (other than upon a cashless exercise as described above) or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

Holders of warrants may only be able to exercise theiryour public warrants on a “cashless basis” under certain circumstances, and if theyyou do so, theyyou will receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if theyyou were to exercise such warrants for cash.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.
The Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR OPERATING RESULTS AND EARLY STAGE OF GROWTH

We have a history of losses and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

Though our losses have narrowed in 2023, we have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new clients and members and to develop our technology platform. To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from clients and members who pay for access to our virtual behavioral health platform, and our longer-term results of operations and continued growth will depend on our ability to successfully grow our revenue from existing clients and members, to acquire new potential future clients and develop and market new virtual behavioral health products and services that are attractive to our clients and members. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our client, member and provider bases, broaden the scope of services we offer, invest in research and development and expand the applications of our technology through which clients and members can access our services. Accordingly, we expect to make increased investments to support accelerated growth and the required investment to

14


Table of Contents

scale our provider network, we also expect increased efficiencies and economies of scale. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these expenses. In addition, our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our clients and members, appropriately timed with market opportunity, effectively brought to market or do not achieve market acceptance. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financing in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

Our business and the markets we operate in are rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

Our business and the markets we operate in are rapidly evolving whichmakes it difficult to evaluate and assess the success of our business to date, our future prospects, our business strategy and the risks and challenges that we may encounter. These risks and challenges include our ability to:

Retain our existing clients and members that subscribe to our subscription offerings and utilize our services and to attract new clients and members to our platform and subscription offerings and position our platform as a convenient and accepted way to access therapy and psychiatry;
convince new and existing clients and members to rapidly adopt new offerings on our platform;
attract and retain providers for inclusion in our platform;
comply with existing and new laws and regulations applicable to our business and in our industry, as well as additional laws that may be applicable to new service offerings;
anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes, and industry pricing benchmarks and changes in the markets in which we operate;
react to challenges from existing and new competitors;
maintain and enhance the value of our reputation and brand;
maintain and improve the infrastructure underlying our platform, including our apps and websites and with respect to data protection, intellectual property, use of artificial intelligence and cybersecurity; and
successfully update our platform, including expanding our platform and offerings into different healthcare products and services, develop and update our software, apps, features, offerings and services to benefit our clients and members and enhance their experience.

If we fail to understand fully or adequately address the challenges that we are currently encountering or that we may encounter in the future, including those challenges described here and elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. If the risks and uncertainties that we plan for when operating our business are incorrect or change, if we choose the wrong strategic direction, or if we fail to manage these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We have experienced significant growth in the last several years, and therefore our recent revenue growth rate and financial performance should not be considered indicative of our future performance. From 2021 to 2022 and 2022 to 2023, our revenues grew at a compound annual rate of 5.2% and 25.5%, respectively. In addition, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we experienced a significant increase in revenue, which increases we have managed to maintain for the time being. You should not rely on our revenue or key business metrics for any previous quarterly or annual period as any indication of our revenue, revenue growth, key business metrics, or key business metrics growth in future periods. In particular, our revenue growth rate has fluctuated in prior periods. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue from existing clients and members, to acquire potential future clients and members, especially our Payor and DTE clients, and to expand our client, member and provider bases. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to generate net income. Our ability to execute on our existing sales pipeline, create additional sales pipelines, and expand our client and member bases depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and

15


Table of Contents

marketing leadership and support personnel. In addition, our existing clients and members may be slower to adopt our services than we currently anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the scope of our operations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, compliance programs and reporting systems. We may not be able to implement improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing controls, programs, systems and procedures, which could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and financial results. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock. Additionally, rapid growth in our business may place a strain on our human and capital resources as well as our systems and controls.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.

The warrantvirtual behavioral health market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solution with next-generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new client and member populations. There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors, including advancements in artificial intelligence and machine-learning, will not result in our present or future software-based products and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

While the virtual behavioral health market is in an early stage of development, it is competitive and we expect it to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer similar solutions and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors include American Well Corporation, Teladoc, Lyra Health and Spring Health, among other small industry participants.

In addition, large, well-financed health systems and health plans have in some cases developed their own telehealth and teletherapy tools and may provide these solutions to their consumers at discounted prices. Competition may also increase from large technology companies, such as Apple, Amazon, Meta, Google, Verizon, or Microsoft, who may wish to develop their own virtual behavioral health solutions, as well as from large retailers like Amazon or Walmart. Competition from large software companies or other specialized solution providers, health systems and health plans, communication tools and other parties could result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to price declines in certain product segments, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share.

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or consumer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger consumer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

16


Table of Contents

We also expect our competitors to continue to improve their technology infrastructure, including with the use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning solutions, to interact with clients, members and insurance companies, sell their services, utilize (and even monetize) their data and support and grow their client base. Our ability to innovate our own technology infrastructure and appropriately address user experience will affect our ability to compete.

Many healthcare provider organizations are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, thus decreasing the number of market participants, competition to provide products and services like ours could become more intense, and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key industry participants could increase. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our products and services. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential clients and members may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to successfully compete in the virtual behavioral health market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

This risk is amplified by the Company deriving a significant portion of its revenues from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, two customers represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue. The loss of business from either of the Company’s significant customers, as a result of competition, customer needs, or other factors beyond the Company’s control, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to secure clients' contract renewals, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

We currently generate most of our revenues from our Payor and DTE clients which contracts are one to three years in length. Consumer subscriptions generally have stated initial terms of one-to-six months and members may cancel their subscription at any time and will receive a pro-rata refund for the subscription price. Most of our clients and members have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our services after the initial term expires. In addition, our clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these clients. Additionally, our future results of operations depend, in part, on our ability to expand our services and offerings, including broadening our continuum of care. If our clients and members fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained.

Additional factors that could affect our ability to sell products and services include, but are not limited to:

price, performance and functionality of our solution;
availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;
our ability to develop and sell complementary products and services;
stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services; and
changes in healthcare marketing laws, regulations or trends.

Any of these consequences could lower retention and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The future growth and profitability of our business will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, and our ability to develop brand awareness cost-effectively.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solution and attracting new clients and members. Our brand promotion activities may not generate consumer awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain clients and members necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of our brands.

17


Table of Contents

We may be unsuccessful in achieving broad market education and changing consumer purchasing habits.

Our success and future growth largely depend on our ability to increase consumer awareness of virtual behavioral therapy in general and our platform and offerings, in particular, and on the willingness of current and potential clients and members to utilize our platform to access information and behavioral health services. We believe the vast majority of consumers make purchasing decisions for behavioral health services on the basis of traditional factors, such as insurance coverage. This traditional decision-making process does not always account for restrictive and complex insurance plans, high deductibles, expensive co-pays and other factors, such as discounts or savings available at alternative therapists or practices. To effectively market our platform, we must educate consumers about the various purchase options and the benefits of using Talkspace for behavioral healthcare, including when such services may not be covered by their health insurance benefits. We focus our marketing and education efforts on potential clients, members and other consumers, but also aim to educate and inform healthcare providers and other participants that interact with consumers, including at the point of purchase. However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in changing consumer purchasing habits or that we will achieve broad market education or awareness among consumers. Even if we are able to raise awareness among consumers, they may be slow in changing their habits and may be hesitant to use our platform for a variety of reasons.

If we fail to achieve broad market education of our platform and/or the options for purchasing healthcare products and services, or if we are unsuccessful in changing consumer purchasing habits, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties that we provide services to.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our existing and future relationships with third parties, such as third-party payors, including government agencies, as well as our ability to expand our Payor and DTE business with health plan clients and enterprises that we provide services to. Identifying potential clients, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our clients by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential clients and members, as our clients may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential members. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties that we provide services to, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased client use of our services or increased revenue.

Our virtual behavioral healthcare strategies depend on our ability to maintain and expand our network of therapists, psychiatrists and other providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to grow and maintain a network of highly trained and qualified therapists, psychiatrists and other providers, especially since our providers are generally not exclusive to our platform. If we are unable to recruit and retain licensed therapists, psychiatrists and other providers, it would have a material adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations.

In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our clients or members or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements.

The ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as state therapist or psychiatrist licensing laws and standard of care requirements, and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. Our failure to maintain or to secure new cost-effective provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our client and member bases, higher costs, less attractive services for our clients and members and/or difficulty in meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

Developments affecting spending by the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.

The U.S. healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years, and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. General reductions in expenditures by healthcare industry participants could result from, among other things:

government regulations or private initiatives that affect the manner in which healthcare providers interact with patients, payors or other healthcare industry participants, including changes in pricing or means of delivery of healthcare products and services;
consolidation of healthcare industry participants;
federal amendments to, lack of enforcement or development of applicable regulations for, or repeal of The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (the “Affordable Care Act” or the “ACA”);
reductions in government funding for healthcare; and
adverse changes in business or economic conditions affecting healthcare payors or providers or other healthcare industry participants.

Any of these changes in healthcare spending could adversely affect our revenue. Even if general expenditures by industry participants remain the same or increase, developments in the healthcare industry may result in reduced spending in some or all of the specific market segments that we serve now or in the future. We cannot assure you that the demand for our solutions and services will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial, and marketing resources to react to changes in the healthcare industry.

Negative media coverage and social media engagement could adversely affect our business.

We receive a substantial amount of media coverage in the United States. Unfavorable publicity regarding, among others, the healthcare industry, litigation or regulatory activity, the actions of the entities included or otherwise involved in our platform, virtual behavioral health services included on our platform or by other industry participants, our data privacy or data security practices, or our platform could materially adversely affect our reputation. In addition, from time to time, news media outlets have provided negative coverage regarding our platform and privacy practices and any such negative media coverage, regardless of the accuracy of such reporting, may have an adverse impact on our business and reputation, as well as have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain clients, members, other consumers, or employees, and result in decreased revenue, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our clients and members may engage with us online through our social media pages, including, for example, our presence on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter, by providing feedback and public commentary about all aspects of our business. Information concerning us or our platform and offerings, whether accurate or not, may be posted on social media pages at any time and may have a disproportionately adverse impact on our brand, reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

Our overall business entails the risk of medical liability claims. Although TPN and our affiliated professionals carry or will carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to the services rendered, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of the insurance coverage. TPN carries or will carry professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our providers). Additionally, all of our network providers that contract or will contract with TPN separately carry or will carry professional liability insurance for itself and its healthcare professionals. Professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services through TPN and our affiliated professionals. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to TPN and our affiliated professionals in the future at acceptable costs or at all, which may negatively impact TPN and our affiliated professionals to provide services to our members, and thereby adversely affect our overall business and operations.

19


Table of Contents

Any claims made against TPN or our affiliated professionals that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards, and divert the attention of our management and our affiliated professional entities from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.

A decline in the prevalence of enterprise-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may adversely impact our DTE business or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.

The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, and it is subject to significant government regulation and is currently undergoing significant change.

Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage enterprise-sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as enterprise members migrate to obtain their own insurance over the state-sponsored insurance marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue from enterprises by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies or to individuals or government agencies. In such a case, our results of operations would be adversely impacted.

We rely on third-party platforms such as the Apple App Store and Google Play App Store, to distribute our platform and offerings.

Our apps are accessed and operated through third-party platforms or marketplaces, including the Apple App Store and Google Play App Store, which also serve as significant online distribution platforms for our apps. As a result, the expansion and prospects of our business and our apps depend on our continued relationships with these providers and any other emerging platform providers that are widely adopted by consumers. We are subject to the standard terms and conditions that these providers have for application developers, which govern the content, promotion, distribution and operation of apps on their platforms or marketplaces, and which the providers can change unilaterally on short or no notice.

Thus, our business could suffer materially if platform providers change their standard terms and conditions, interpretations or other policies and practices in a way that is detrimental to us or if platform providers determine that we are in violation of their standard terms and conditions and prohibit us from distributing our apps on their platforms. In addition, our business would be harmed if the providers discontinue or limit our access to their platforms or marketplaces; the platforms or marketplaces decline in popularity; the platforms modify their algorithms, communication channels available to developers, respective terms of service or other policies, including fees; the providers adopt changes or updates to their technology that impede integration with other software systems or otherwise require us to modify our technology or update our apps in order to ensure that consumers can continue to access and use our virtual behavioral health services.

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to create compatible versions of our apps in a timely manner, or if we fail to establish a relationship with such alternative providers. Likewise, if our current providers alter their operating platforms, we could be adversely impacted as our offerings may not be compatible with the altered platforms or may require significant and costly modifications in order to become compatible.

In the past, some of these platforms or marketplaces have been unavailable for short periods of time. If this or a similar event were to occur on a short- or long-term basis, or if these platforms or marketplaces otherwise experience issues that impact the ability of consumers to download or access our apps and other information, it could have a material adverse effect on our brand and reputation, as well as our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our clients and members, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients and members, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

We serve all of our clients and members from third party interconnection and data centers, such as Amazon Web Services. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The cloud vendors and the owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our cloud vendors or data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to a new vendor or a new data center facility, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data center locations with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract,

20


Table of Contents

or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our clients and members. Our third-party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

Additionally, if our cloud or data center vendors are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service levels at our cloud vendors or data centers or cause such data centers and systems to fail. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any disruptions or other performance problems with our solution could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients and members’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to clients and members for prepaid and unused subscriptions, as well as loss of revenue related to service level credits and uptime, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client retention.

In addition, our ability to deliver our Internet-based services depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced, and expect that we may experience in the future, interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with clients and members.

We also rely on computer hardware purchased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from third parties, is identified, obtained and integrated.

Our ability to rely on these services of third-party vendors could be impaired as a result of the failure of such providers to comply with applicable laws, regulations and contractual covenants, or as a result of events affecting such providers, such as power loss, telecommunication failures, software or hardware errors, computer viruses, cyber incidents and similar disruptive problems, fire, flood and natural disasters. Any such failure or event could adversely affect our relationships with our clients and members and damage our reputation. This could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client’s data or information systems is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales, clients and members.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of our clients’ and members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, clients, members and others, as well as the PHI of our clients and members. We are subject to laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of this information, including to vendors. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our and our third-party vendors’ computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ network, hosted service providers or vendor systems could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by malicious actors such as denial-of-service and phishing attacks, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, or catastrophic events.

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies, including the increased adoption of AI technologies, and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. Malicious actors are increasingly sophisticated and operating large-scale and complex automated attacks, including on companies within the healthcare industry. The techniques, sources and targets of these attacks change and are often not recognized until such attacks are launched or have been in place for some time. In an increasing amount of cases, these malicious actors are or are acting on behalf of state sponsors which further increases the risk of sophistication, capability and funding for the attack. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures, develop additional protocols and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If our or our

21


Table of Contents

third-party vendors’ security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized persons accessing sensitive client or member data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our clients and members. Such failures or breaches of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures, or our or our third-party vendors’ inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely affect client, member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential clients and members. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations.

Any potential security breach could result in increased costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches, incentives offered to clients or other business partners in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third-party experts and consultants. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data security liabilities actually incurred, will cover any indemnification claims against us relating to any incident, will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. In any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

Data privacy is also subject to frequently changing laws, rules and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Such initiatives around the country could increase the cost of developing, implementing or securing our servers and require us to allocate more resources to improved technologies, adding to our IT and compliance costs. Our Board of Directors is briefed periodically on cybersecurity and risk management issues and we have implemented a number of processes to avoid cyber threats and to protect privacy. However, the processes we have implemented in connection with such initiatives may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, proprietary or sensitive data, including personal data. In addition, the competition for talent in the data privacy and cybersecurity space is intense, and we may be unable to hire, develop or retain suitable talent capable of adequately detecting, mitigating or remediating these risks. Our failure to adhere to, or successfully implement processes in response to, changing legal or regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or damage to our reputation in the marketplace. No material cybersecurity incidents have occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023.

There may be adverse tax, legal and other consequences if the employment status of providers on our platform is challenged.

There is often uncertainty in the application of worker classification laws, especially in the medical field where individuals are required to hold professional licenses, and, consequently, there is risk that providers could be deemed to be misclassified under applicable law. We and TPN, structure our relationships with the majority of our respective providers in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. The tests governing whether a service provider is an independent contractor, or an employee are typically highly fact sensitive and vary by governing law. An independent contractor is generally distinguished from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that our and TPN’s providers are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. An actual or alleged misclassification determination creates potential exposure for us, including but not limited to: monetary exposure arising from or relating to failure to withhold and remit taxes, unpaid wages and wage and hour laws and requirements (such as those pertaining to minimum wage and overtime); claims for employee benefits, social security, Medicare, workers’ compensation and unemployment; claims of discrimination, harassment and retaliation under civil rights laws; claims under laws pertaining to unionizing, collective bargaining and other concerted activity; and other claims, charges, or other proceedings under laws and regulations applicable to employers and employees, including risks relating to allegations of joint employer liability. Such claims could result in monetary damages or other liability, and any adverse determination, including potentially the requirement for us to indemnify a user, could also harm our brand, which could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. While these risks are mitigated, in part, by our contractual rights of indemnification against third-party claims, such indemnification agreements could be determined to be unenforceable or costly to enforce and indemnification under such agreements may otherwise prove inadequate. As a result, any determination that our and/or TPN’s providers are employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22


Table of Contents

Changes in consumer sentiment or laws, rules or regulations regarding the use of cookies, artificial intelligence technologies and other tracking technologies and other privacy matters could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate net revenues and could adversely affect our ability to collect proprietary data on consumer behavior.

Consumers may become increasingly resistant to the collection, use and sharing of information online, including information used to deliver and optimize advertising, and take steps to prevent such collection, use and sharing of information. For example, consumer complaints and/or lawsuits regarding online advertising or the use of cookies or other tracking technologies in general and our practices specifically could adversely impact our business.

Consumers can currently opt out of the placement or use of most cookies for online advertising purposes by either deleting or disabling cookies on their browsers, visiting websites that allow consumers to place an opt-out cookie on their browsers, which instructs participating entities not to use certain data about consumers’ online activity for the delivery of targeted advertising, or by downloading browser plug-ins and other tools that can be set to: identify cookies and other tracking technologies used on websites; prevent websites from placing third-party cookies and other tracking technologies on the consumer’s browser; or block the delivery of online advertisements on apps and websites.

We are subject to evolving EU and UK privacy national laws derived from the ePrivacy Directive. The current national laws that implement the ePrivacy Directive are highly likely to be replaced across the EU (but not directly in the UK) by an EU regulation known as the ePrivacy Regulation which will significantly increase fines for non-compliance.

There is a trend of increasing enforcement by regulators of the strict approach in recent guidance and decisions which could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. Regulation of cookies and similar technologies, and any decline of cookies or similar online tracking technologies as a means to identify and potentially target users, may lead to broader restrictions and impairments on our marketing and personalization activities and may negatively impact our efforts to understand users.

In response to marketplace concerns about the usage of third-party cookies and web beacons to track user behaviors, providers of major browsers have included features that allow users to limit the collection of certain data generally or from specified websites. In addition, various software tools and applications have been developed that can block advertisements from a consumer’s screen or allow consumers to shift the location in which advertising appears on webpages or opt out of display, search and internet-based advertising entirely. These developments, among others, could impair our ability to collect user information, including personal data and usage information, that helps us provide more targeted advertising to our current and prospective consumers, which could adversely affect our business, given our use of cookies and similar technologies to target our marketing and personalize the consumer experience.

If consumer sentiment regarding privacy issues or the development and deployment of new browser solutions or other Do Not Track mechanisms result in a material increase in the number of consumers who choose to opt out or block cookies and other tracking technologies or who are otherwise using browsers where they need to, and fail to, allow the browser to accept cookies, or otherwise result in cookies or other tracking technologies not functioning properly, our ability to advertise effectively and conduct our business will be impaired, and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Certain U.S. state and local tax authorities may assert that we have a nexus with such states or localities and may seek to impose state and local income taxes on our income allocated to such state and localities and assert we are required to collect sales and use taxes.

There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states or localities. States and localities are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting nexus for state and local income tax purposes. We could be subject to additional state and local income taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state or local tax authority in a state or locality where we do not currently file an income tax return successfully asserts that our activities give rise to nexus for state income tax purposes. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely affect our cash, tax liabilities, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, state taxing authorities may assert that we had economic nexus with their state and were required to collect sales and use or similar taxes with respect to past or future services that we have provided or will provide, which could result in tax assessments and penalties and interest.

23


Table of Contents

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other attributes may be subject to certain limitations.

The Company has federal and state net operating loss carryovers (“NOL”) which are available to reduce future taxable income. The NOL carry-forwards begin to expire in 2032 and may become subject to annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under I.R.C. Section 382. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or future tax liabilities. The federal losses generated from 2018 onward do not expire.

It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration (or that we will not generate taxable income at all). Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to these in federal tax laws. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not undertaken an analysis of whether we have experienced an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code or whether there are any limitations on use with respect to our net operating losses and other tax attributes.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled and diverse employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key members of senior management. These members of senior management are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate their employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, clinical operations, and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees will likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. Our business would also be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us.

We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity instruments they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We intend to seek to acquire or invest in businesses, software-based products and services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. To pursue this strategy successfully, we must identify attractive acquisition or investment opportunities and successfully complete transactions, some of which may be large and complex. We may not be able to identify or complete attractive acquisition or investment opportunities due to, among other things, the intense competition for these transactions. If we are not able to identify and complete

24


Table of Contents

such acquisition or investment opportunities, our future results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. Additionally, the pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business as a result of unanticipated costs or liabilities, difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business onto our platform and contract terms, diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and employee retention issues, among other reasons.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which generally must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Inflation and increased interest rates may increase our operating and capital costs.

In 2023, the global inflation rate began to stabilize and, in some cases decline, as a result of central bank policy tightening; however, core inflation has proved persistent, in addition to the escalating number of significant conflicts throughout the globe. We expect these inflationary pressures to continue to impact our margins and more generally our business in 2024.

After almost 10 years of low interest rate environments, inflationary pressures and efforts in the U.S. and around the world to combat inflation have resulted in increased interest rates by central banks globally. While we do not have any debt outstanding, the increased interest rates could affect our clients’ businesses and borrowing costs, which in turn could impact their ability to make timely payments to us. Given that core inflation has proved persistent, it is uncertain if interest rates will stabilize, continue to increase or decrease.

Our attempts to offset these increasing costs, such as improving efficiency in other areas of the business and passing these increases on to customers, may not be successful. To the extent that our offsetting measures are not sufficient to offset these higher costs, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR LEGAL AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Our business could be adversely affected by legal challenges to our business model or by actions restricting our ability to provide the full range of our services in certain jurisdictions.

Our ability to conduct telehealth and teletherapy services through our network of providers in a particular jurisdiction is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing remote care, the practice of medicine and healthcare delivery in general in such location, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. With respect to telehealth and teletherapy services, in the past, state medical boards have established new rules or interpreted existing rules in a manner that has limited or restricted our ability to conduct our business as it was conducted in other states. Some of these actions have resulted in the suspension or modification of our telehealth and teletherapy operations in certain states. However, the extent to which a jurisdiction considers particular actions or relationships to comply with the applicable standard of care is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by (in the case of U.S. states) medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, each with broad discretion. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with the law in every jurisdiction in which we operate, on an ongoing basis, and we cannot provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law.

Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including telehealth and prescribing medication online, in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner deleterious to our business. For instance, a few states have imposed different, and, in some cases, additional, standards regarding the provision of services via telehealth and teletherapy. Some states impose strict standards on using telehealth and teletherapy to prescribe certain classes of controlled substances that can be commonly used to treat behavioral health disorders. The unpredictability of this regulatory landscape means that sudden changes in policy regarding standards of care and reimbursement are possible. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we or our affiliated medical group were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

25


Table of Contents

Evolving government regulations may result in increased costs or adversely affect our results of operations.

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and recurring expense. These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We have identified what we believe are the areas of government regulation that, if changed, would be costly to us. These include rules governing the practice of medicine by physicians and other licensed professionals; laws relating to licensure requirements for physicians and other licensed health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine and professional fee-splitting; laws governing the issuances of prescriptions in an online setting; cybersecurity and privacy laws; and laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.

In the jurisdictions in which we operate, even where we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our services and products in a manner that undermines our solution’s attractiveness to our clients, members or providers or experts, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our security measures and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our products or services from being offered to members and clients, or their members and patients, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is increasing pressure for businesses to use AI to streamline processes and remain competitive. It is expected that laws and regulations around the use of AI and machine learning tools will increase over the next few years but it is unknown at this time what these laws and regulations will address and how and whether they will be adopted globally. As we introduce AI or machine learning into our information technology systems, we could become subject to these new regulations, which may be difficult to comply with. Some of our competitors may not be required to comply, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we may find we do not have the right employee set for the advancement of our AI and machine learning initiatives or that we have not provided the appropriate training to our staff.

We are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we do not own, to provide physician and other professional services, and our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions would be adversely affected if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with our providers or clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting.

We have entered into various agreements with Talkspace Provider Network, PA ("TPN"), a Texas professional association entity, which in turn contracts with our other affiliated professional entities ("PC entities"), physicians, therapists, and other licensed professionals for clinical and professional services provided to our members. There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that these contractual relationships with professional entities, physicians and other healthcare providers providing telehealth and teletherapy violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine and professional fee splitting. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entities and prohibit us from employing physicians and certain licensed professionals, directing the clinical practice of physicians and certain licensed professionals, holding an ownership interest in an entity that employs physicians and certain licensed professionals or from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians and certain licensed professionals. The laws are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing a healthcare provider’s professional judgment. The extent to which each state considers particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and professional counselors and therapists, and state attorneys general, among others. As such, we must monitor our compliance with applicable laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting laws will not circumscribe our business operations.

26


Table of Contents

TPN contracts with therapists and other licensed professionals or enters into agreements with the PC entities, physicians, therapists and other licensed professionals for the clinical and professional services provided to our members. We do not own TPN or the PC entities; TPN and the PC entities are 100% owned by an independent licensed physician qualified to own TPN and such professional entities in the respective states of incorporation. A material change in our relationship with TPN or among TPN and the contracted professional entities, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these affiliations, could impair our ability to provide services to members as we intend under the transitioned structure and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage physicians from participating in our network of providers. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in states where we conduct our business, we are subject to related agreements with TPN. One such agreement is a management services agreement with TPN, pursuant to which TPN reserves exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services and we provide non-clinical management and administrative services in exchange for a management fee. The PC entities, physicians, therapists and other licensed professionals who provide clinical and professional services to our members through contracts with TPN also retain exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of medical services provided to our members. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, state officials who administer these laws or other third parties may successfully challenge our organization and contractual arrangements with our providers once implemented. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships with our providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate clients located in certain states from the market for our services. Furthermore, these arrangements could subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation, adverse determination or litigation with regard to our arrangements with TPN and the PC entities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The impact on us of ongoing healthcare legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The impact on us of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending, reimbursement and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The ACA made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and it increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent laws, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially adversely affect consumer demand and affordability for our products and services and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (MACRA) which first affected physician payment in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the Medicare quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement.

In addition, in 2022, the No Surprises Act went into effect to prevent surprise medical bills to non-federal healthcare program patients. Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payer mix that may affect our operations and revenue. In addition, certain provisions of the ACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and post-acute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the ACA may adversely affect payers by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect

27


Table of Contents

on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payers seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas. Certain of these provisions are still being implemented and the full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.

Uncertainty regarding future amendments to the ACA as well as new legislative proposals to reform healthcare and government insurance programs, along with the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States, could result in reduced demand and prices for our services. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payers will pay for healthcare products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Although our services are not currently reimbursed by government healthcare programs such as Medicare or Medicaid, any future reimbursement from federal and/or state healthcare programs could expose our business to broadly applicable fraud and abuse laws and other healthcare laws and regulations that would regulate the business. As we enter the teen mental health market, it will encounter parental consent rules and regulations that vary by state, creating another level of compliance risks. The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal and state governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we and our affiliated professional entities may provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payers, our contractual relationships with TPN and its corresponding relationship with its contracted providers, vendors and clients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations.

For a summary of the potential applicable U.S. federal and state healthcare laws, see, “Item 1. Business – U.S. Regulation.”

Because of the breadth of these laws and the need to fit certain activities within one of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment recoupment, loss of enrollment status and, if in the future we provide services reimbursable by government healthcare programs, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in the future. We cannot assure you that any new or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards will not materially adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations.

Failure by us, our employees, affiliates, partners or others with whom we work to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in administrative, civil, commercial or criminal liabilities, including exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Any such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, our ability to compete for other contracts and our financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

Our use and disclosure of personal information, including PHI, personal data, and other health information, is subject to state, federal or other privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our client base and member bases and revenue.

The privacy and security of personal information stored, maintained, received or transmitted electronically is an enforcement priority in the United States and internationally. While we strive to comply with all applicable privacy and security laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies and legal standards for privacy, any failure or perceived failure to comply with such requirements may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or private parties, or could cause us to lose clients or members, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Recently, there has been an

28


Table of Contents

increase in public awareness of privacy issues in the wake of revelations about the activities of various government agencies and in the number of private privacy-related lawsuits filed against companies. Any allegations about our practices with regard to the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy-related matters, even if unfounded and even if we are in compliance with applicable laws, could damage our reputation and harm our business.

In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations govern collection, storage, dissemination, use, retention, transfer, disposal, security and confidentiality of personal information, including HIPAA; U.S. state privacy, security and breach notification and healthcare information laws; the California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”); and other data protection laws.

HIPAA requires us to maintain policies and procedures governing PHI that are used or disclosed, and to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect PHI, including PHI maintained, used and disclosed in electronic form. Ongoing implementation and oversight of these measures involves significant time, effort and expense.

HIPAA also requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. Further, if a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office (“HHS”) without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually.

Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured PHI or following a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents and HIPAA's standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. Any such penalties or lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition to HIPAA, the U.S. federal government and various states and governmental agencies have adopted or are considering adopting various laws, regulations and standards regarding the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of sensitive and personal information, to which we are or may become subject. For example, California implemented the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which came into effect in 2020, and the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which came into effect on January 1, 2023, which we are subject. The CCPA imposes obligations and restrictions on businesses regarding their collection, use, processing, retaining and sharing of personal information and provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents. Protected health information that is subject to HIPAA is excluded from the CCPA; however, information we hold about individual residents of California that is not subject to HIPAA would be subject to the CCPA. The CPRA significantly amends and expands the CCPA, including by providing consumers with additional rights with respect to their personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. We expect states to continue to enact legislation similar to the CCPA and CPRA that provides consumers with new privacy rights and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information of such consumers. Laws similar to the CCPA and CPRA have passed in Virginia and Colorado, and have been proposed in other states and at the federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States.

Moreover, we are subject to certain other state laws such as the California Confidentiality of Medical Information Act, which imposes restrictive requirements regulating the use and disclosure of health information and other personal information. Such laws and regulations are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, particularly if a state affords greater protection to individuals than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective, we have to comply with the stricter provisions. Further, in addition to fines and penalties imposed upon violators, some of these state laws, such as the CCPA, also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused.

In the aggregate, state-based data privacy and security laws and regulations may impact our business. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time, may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, divert resources from other initiatives and projects could restrict the way services involving data are offered and could subject us to additional liabilities, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations, business, and financial condition.

29


Table of Contents

Furthermore, there are numerous foreign laws, regulations and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage, transmission, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personal information, the scope of which is continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. If we provide services to users outside the United States, we may be subject to such laws, regulations, directives and obligations in relation to processing of personal information, and we may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties, fines and contractual liability, for our failure to comply. We are subject to the EU GDPR and the UK data privacy regime consisting primarily of the UK General Data Protection Regulation and the UK Data Protection Act 2018 (the “UK GDPR”) (the EU GDPR and the UK GDPR, collectively the “GDPR”), which impose a strict data protection compliance regime including stringent data protection requirements. EU Member States and the UK are also able to legislate separately on sensitive data (i.e., mental health), and we must comply with these local laws where we offer our services.

The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EEA and the UK, including to the United States. The European Commission has published revised standard contractual clauses for data transfers from the EEA: the revised clauses must be used for relevant new data transfers from September 27, 2021; existing standard contractual clauses arrangements must be migrated to the revised clauses by December 27, 2022. We will be required to implement the revised standard contractual clauses within the relevant time frames. The revised standard contractual clauses apply only to the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA and not the UK; the UK’s Information Commissioner’s Office launched a public consultation on its draft revised data transfers mechanisms in August 2021. We continue to monitor updates and we may be required to implement new or revised documentation and processes in relation to our data transfers subject to the UK GDPR, within the relevant time frames. As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on data export mechanisms, including circumstances where the standard contractual clauses cannot be used, and/or start taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal information between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

The relationship between the UK and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law, particularly transfers of personal data, remains unclear following the UK’s departure from the EU on January 1, 2021, and it is unclear how UK data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the UK will be regulated in the long term. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.

Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR may result in fines of up to €20,000,000/ £17.5 million or up to 4% of our total worldwide annual revenue for the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. In addition, a breach of the GDPR could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/ change our processing of our data, enforcement notices, and/ or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). We may also face civil claims including representative actions and other class action type litigation (where individuals have suffered harm), potentially amounting to significant compensation or damages liabilities, as well as associated costs, diversion of internal resources, and reputational harm.

We also publish statements to our clients and members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be inaccurate, incomplete, or not fully implemented, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices or other violation of law, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with regulatory or court orders.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their exceptions and safe harbors, it is possible that our business activities can be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. The applicability, scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal, state and foreign enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers and of processing of health data generally, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Any such investigations, prosecutions, convictions or settlements could result in significant financial penalties, damage to our brand and reputation, and a loss of clients and/or members, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security or disclosure of our users’ personal information content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process users' personal information data or develop new services and features. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

30


Table of Contents

We may be exposed to compliance obligations and risks under anti-corruption, export controls and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and applicable non-U.S. jurisdictions, and any instances of noncompliance could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and the results of our operations.

Although we have limited international operations, we may be or may become subject to compliance obligations under anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governmental authorities around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. As a U.S. corporation, we are subject to the regulations imposed by the FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or maintaining business. As a result, the Company faces the risk that an unauthorized payment or offer of payment could be made by one of its employees or intermediaries, even if such parties are not always subject to the Company’s control or are not themselves subject to the FCPA or other similar laws to which the Company may be subject. Any allegation or determination that the Company has violated the FCPA (or any other applicable anti-bribery laws in countries in which the Company does business, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010) could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Any failure to protect, enforce or defend our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our brand.

Our success depends in part on our ability to maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely upon a combination of trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as well as license and access agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws, procedures and agreements provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, diluted or misappropriated.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements. However, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances, and individuals with whom we have these agreements may not comply with their terms. The assignment of intellectual property rights under these agreements may not be self-executing or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. In addition, we may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical know-how or other trade secrets by the parties to these agreements despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions.

Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. Additionally, if a competitor lawfully obtains or independently develops the technology we maintain as a trade secret, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

In addition, we use open-source software in connection with our proprietary software and expect to continue to use open-source software in the future. Some open-source licenses require licensors to provide source code to licensees upon request or prohibit licensors from charging a fee to licensees. While we try to insulate our proprietary code from the effects of such open-source license provisions, we cannot guarantee we will be successful. Accordingly, we may face claims from others claiming ownership of, or seeking to enforce the license terms applicable to such open-source software, including by demanding release of the open-source software, derivative works or our proprietary source code that was developed or distributed with such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open-source code change, we may be forced to re-engineer our software or incur additional costs. We cannot assure you that we have not incorporated open-source software into our proprietary software in a manner that may subject our proprietary software to an open-source license that requires disclosure, to clients or members or the public, of the source code to such proprietary software. Any such disclosure would have a negative effect on our business and the value of our proprietary software.

31


Table of Contents

Third parties may challenge the validity of our trademarks and patents or oppose trademark and patent applications. Companies with other patents could require us to stop using or pay to use required technology.

We rely on our trademarks, trade name and brand names to distinguish our products and services from the products and services of our competitors, and we have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand products or services, which could result in time and expense to re-program our software and websites, loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands.

We have applied for, and intend to continue to apply for, patents relating to our software and technology. Such applications may not result in the issuance of any patents, and any patents that may be issued may not provide adequate protection from competition. Furthermore, because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, it is possible that patents issued to us may be challenged successfully and found to be invalid or unenforceable in the future. If we are unable to secure or maintain patent coverage, our technology could become subject to competition from the sale of similar competing products.

Competitors may also be able to design around our now held or later issued patents. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of such patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. If these developments were to occur, we could face increased competition.

From time to time, patents issued to us relating to our software and technology may be infringed by the products or processes of others. The cost of enforcing patent rights against infringers, if such enforcement is required, could be significant and the time demands could interfere with our normal operations. Efforts to defend our intellectual property rights could incur significant costs and may or may not be resolved in our favor. If we fail to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our operating results. Regardless of the outcome, the cost and distraction associated with any such enforcement efforts could harm our business.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

We could become a party to intellectual property litigation and other infringement proceedings. The cost to us of any intellectual property litigation or other infringement or misappropriation proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our would-be competitors may sustain the costs of such litigation more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources.

Regardless of the merits of any intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above referenced review could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our clients using our solution have misappropriated, misused or otherwise infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing, or any future, litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at other companies in our field, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Additionally, in connection with such litigation, our use of such intellectual property could be temporarily or permanently enjoined forcing us to stop using such intellectual property altogether. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our clients against certain third-party claims, which may include claims that our solution infringes the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our clients as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

32


Table of Contents

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our clients for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We encounter technical obstacles from time to time, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. If our solution does not function reliably or fails to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, clients could assert liability claims against us or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain clients. Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new software-based products and services may arise in the future and may result from the interface of our solution with systems and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or from issues undetected in our testing. These defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share, diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors may discourage existing or potential clients from purchasing our solution from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable solutions or the generation of significant future revenues.

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or other arrangements to develop products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement.

In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any products. Additionally, we may not own, or may jointly own with a third party, the intellectual property rights in products and other works developed under our collaborations, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships.

If any conflicts arise with any future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we may have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any future collaborators devote to our or their future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be terminable under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such a transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

33


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK, OUR WARRANTS AND OPERATING AS A PUBLIC COMPANY

We continue to incur costs and devote continued management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), including the establishment and maintenance of disclosure and financial controls, changes in corporate governance practices and required filing of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Compliance with these requirements has increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made some activities more time-consuming and costly. In particular, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur expenses and devote continued management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a public company, we are required to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting and, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, are required provide a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for our annual reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. In addition, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also generally requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our financial results, limit our ability to report financial information on a timely and accurate basis, lead to a loss of investor confidence and have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock and could subject us to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. A failure to implement and maintain effective control systems could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

The Company’s management identified material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2022. Though these material weaknesses were since remediated, it cannot be assumed that the Company will not have another material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting in the future.

Moreover, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumventions or overriding of controls or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. The existence of a material weakness could result in errors in the Company’s financial statements that could result in a restatement of financial statements, which could cause the Company to fail to meet its reporting obligations, lead to a loss of investor confidence and have a negative impact on the trading price of the Company’s common stock.

Delaware law and our organizational documents contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our organizational documents and the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and therefore depress the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. Among other things, our organizational documents include the following provisions or features that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult:

34


Table of Contents

we have a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
our board of directors is permitted to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
the Certificate of Incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;
certain transactions are not “corporate opportunities” and the Identified Persons (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) are not subject to the doctrine of corporate opportunity and such Identified Persons do not have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us;
we are not governed by Section 203 of the DGCL and, instead, our Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that is substantially similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, and acknowledges that certain stockholders cannot be “interested stockholders” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation);
our board of directors has the ability to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
our bylaws contain advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our board of directors and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our board of directors or management.

The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

The Certificate of Incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought in a state court located within the state of Delaware (or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. The foregoing provisions do not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction.

Additionally, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; provided, however, that our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with claims arising under federal securities laws, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Further, in the event a court finds either exclusive forum provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be unenforceable or inapplicable in an action, we may

35


Table of Contents

incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Future sales and resales of our common stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As restrictions on resale end and registration statements (to provide for the resale of such shares from time to time) are available for use, the sale or possibility of sale of these shares could have the effect of increasing the volatility in our share price or the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

In addition, we may issue additional common stock or other equity securities without the approval of investors, including for among other purposes to raise capital or pay for an acquisition, which would dilute investors’ ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.

An investor's percentage of ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.

As with any publicly traded company, an investor’s percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital markets transactions, or other circumstances, including the equity awards that the Company has and will continue to grant its directors, officers and employees. Certain holders also have outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement governing those securities. To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the holders of our common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. However, there is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

You may only be able to exercise your public warrants on a “cashless basis” under certain circumstances, and if you do so, you will receive fewer shares of common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

The Warrant Agreement provides that in the following circumstances holders of warrants who seek to exercise their warrants will not be permitted to do so for cash and will, instead, be required to do so on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act: (i) if the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement;Warrant Agreement; (ii) if we have so elected and the shares of Class A common stock isare at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of “covered securities” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act; and (iii) if we have so elected and we call the public warrants for redemption. If you exercise your public warrants on a cashless basis, you would pay the warrant exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” of our shares of Class A common stock (as defined in the next sentence) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” is the average reported closing price of the shares of Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent or on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, as applicable. As a result, warrant holdersyou would receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if theyyou were to exercise such warrants for cash.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.36


We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum average global market capitalization and a minimum numberTable of holders of our securities. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance

with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholder’s equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units, Class A common stock and warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A common stock and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

Holders of our securities are not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 and timely filed a Current Report on Form 8-K after the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if we became subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other

person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess similar or greater technical, human and other resources to ours or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a stockholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we do not intend to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Our founders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our founders own 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation. If our founders purchase any additional Class A common stock in the market or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our founders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our Board of Directors, whose members were elected by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” Board of Directors, only a minority of the Board of Directors will be considered for election and our founders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our founders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination. The forward purchase shares will not be issued until completion of our initial business combination, and, accordingly, will not be included in any stockholder vote until such time.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreementWarrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for, among other things, the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any defective provision or mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus related to our Initial Public Offering, (ii) adjusting the provisions relating to cash dividends on shares of common stock as contemplated by and in accordance with the warrant agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreementWarrant Agreement as the parties to the warrant agreementWarrant Agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder of public warrants if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the

terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided),shares, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

The Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

The Warrant Agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the Warrant Agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our Warrant Agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder. This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Warrant Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations,recapitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. We will not redeemto the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effectiveholders and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act.provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force holders of the warrantsyou to (i) exercise theiryour warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for themyou to do so, (ii) sell theiryour warrants at the then-current market price when theyyou might otherwise wish to hold theiryour warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of theiryour warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrantsprivate placement warrants will be redeemable by us for cash so long as they are held by their initial purchasersthe Sponsor or theirits permitted transferees.

37


GENERAL RISK FACTORS

Our warrantsThe price of our securities may have an adverse effect onbe volatile.

The price of our securities may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including:

the success of competitive services or technologies;
developments related to our existing or any future collaborations;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;
variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;
changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;
changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
speculation in the press or investment community;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the volume of our securities available for public sale;
changes in our board of directors or management;
general economic, geopolitical industry and market conditions; and
the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our shares of Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

In connection with our Initial Public Offering, we issued warrants to purchase 20,700,000 Class A common shares and an aggregate of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments. In addition, if our sponsor or an affiliateregardless of our sponsoroperating performance.

Economic uncertainties or certaindownturns in the general economy or the industries in which our clients operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our results of operations.

General worldwide economic and geopolitical conditions have experienced significant volatility during the last ten years, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. The demand for our service is dependent on the general economy, which is in turn affected by geopolitical conditions and the stability of the global credit markets. The ongoing and potential future impacts of escalating global conflicts, including those between Russia and Ukraine and the Israel/Hamas war in the Middle East, has heightened global economic and geopolitical uncertainty. During challenging economic times, our clients may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our officersclients to pay for the software-based products and directors makesservices they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed.

Relatedly, while we have a small back-office presence in Israel, none of our primary operations in the U.S. are dependent on those operations and we can use other locations and employees to fully supplement the work conducted in Israel.

38


We may need to raise additional capital in the future in order to execute our business plans, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We have experienced recurring losses from operations, and negative cash flows at operations, and we expect our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future. We believe our cash and cash equivalents on hand following the Business Combination, together with cash we expect to generate from future operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital loans, such lenderand capital expenditure requirements in the near future. However, in the future we may convert those loansstill require additional capital to respond to technological advancements, competitive dynamics or technologies, customer demands, business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions or unforeseen circumstances and we may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into upcredit facilities for other reasons. We may not be able to antimely secure additional 1,500,000 Private Placement Warrants,debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at the price of $1.00 per warrant. To the extentall. If we issue common stock to effectuate a business transaction, the potential forraise additional funds through the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrantsequity or convertible debt or other equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could makeexperience significant dilution. Any debt financing obtained by us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock and reduce the value of the Class A common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that the proxy statement with respect to the vote on an initial business combination include historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), or internationalfuture could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets

may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Actoperational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initialobtain additional capital and to pursue business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

In the eventopportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are deemedunable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

Changes in tax laws could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We may be subject to changes in tax laws and have additional tax liabilities. We are subject to changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations and the interpretation or enforcement thereof in the United States and in jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate or are organized, and any such changes could have a material effect on our results of operations and liquidity. In October 2021, the Group of 20 endorsed a new global minimum tax rate for large multinational companies, which also has the support of a large number of countries and territories responsible for the overwhelming majority of global economic output. To take effect, the minimum tax would need to be implemented by each jurisdiction. It is not yet clear how such a minimum tax would impact our business. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Reform Act”) adopted sweeping changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code which also could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition to lowering the U.S. corporate income tax rate and numerous other changes, the law imposes more stringent limitations on the deductibility of net operating losses and imposes a type of minimum tax designed to reduce the benefits derived from intercompany transactions and payments that result in base erosion. Although the Tax Reform Act has not had a material effect on our financial statements to date, if these tax laws, treaties or regulations change or any tax authority successfully challenges our assessment of the effects of such laws, treaties and regulations it could have a material adverse effect on us, resulting in a higher effective tax rate on our consolidated earnings or a reclassification of the tax effects of our significant corporate restructuring transactions. On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act (“IRA”) was signed into law in the United States. Among other provisions, the IRA includes a 15% corporate minimum tax rate applied to certain large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer,corporations and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, willa 1% excise tax on corporate stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. The IRA has not had a material impact to the Company thus far.

If we be requiredfail to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with thecontinued listing requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.

ProvisionsNasdaq Stock Market, it could result in our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us,common stock being delisted, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our shares of Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered Board of Directors and the ability of the Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

The grant of registration rights to our founders and holders of our Private Placement Warrants and forward purchase securities may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price and liquidity of our sharessecurities and could have other adverse effects.

Our common stock is currently listed for trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market. We must satisfy Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements or risk possibly delisting, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. In November 2022, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications staff of Class A common stock.Nasdaq indicating that we no longer met the requirement of the Nasdaq Global Select Market to maintain a minimum bid price of $1 per share, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1). In June 2023, we regained compliance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1). Though we regained compliance, there is no guarantee will be able to maintain it going forward.

PursuantWe may be subject to securities and/or other litigation, which is expensive, time-consuming and could divert management attention.

The market price of our securities may be volatile and, in the registration rights agreement which was entered intopast, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may face allegations or litigation related to, among other things, securities issuances or business practices. For example, in the past, putative class action lawsuits have been filed by certain of our shareholders against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors alleging certain violations of the federal securities laws in connection with certain statements we have made regarding our business and financial condition.

39


See Note 6, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the closingnotes to the consolidated financial statements for further details. Additionally, we may become subject, from time to time, to other legal proceedings, payor audits, investigations, and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Litigation disputes, including the disputes we are currently facing, could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, result in content unavailability, and otherwise occupy a significant amount of our Initial Public Offeringmanagement’s time and attention, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. While the ultimate outcome of investigations, inquiries, information requests and legal proceedings is filed as exhibitdifficult to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our founderspredict, such matters can be expensive, time-consuming and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the sharesdistracting, and adverse resolutions or settlements of Class A common stock into which founder shares are convertible, holdersthose matters may result in, among other things, modification of our Private Placement Warrantsbusiness practices, reputational harm or costs and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrantssignificant payments, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercisefinancial position. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the Private Placement Warrants, holderscosts to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our earnings and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our forward purchase securities and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and the underlying Class A common stock) and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights will be exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such Private Placement Warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect onperformance, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make

Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our

Class A common stock that is expected when the shares of common stock owned by our founders, holders of our Private Placement Warrants, holders of our working capital loans or holders of our forward purchase securities or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Risks Relating to Our Management Team

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their lossactual results, could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individualsthe price and in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued servicetrading volume of our officerscommon stock.

Securities research analysts may establish and directors, at least untilpublish their own periodic projections for our business. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we have completedactually achieve. Our share price may decline if our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Weactual results do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance onmatch the lifeprojections of any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services ofthese securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our directorsstock or executive officerspublishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our securities price or trading volume could decline. While we expect to receive research analyst coverage, if no analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and volume for our securities could be adversely affected.

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance.

Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of virtual behavioral healthcare. If clients, members or other individuals assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solution. We attempt to limit our liability to clients and members by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions for certain products. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a detrimental effect on us.

We may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise with respect to our business combinations and certain other transactions. Any fee in connection with such engagement may be conditioned upon the completion of such transactions. This financial interest in the completion of such transactions may influence the advice such entity provides.

We may engage our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial business combination and certain other transactions and pay such entity a fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions. Pursuant to any such engagement, such entity may earn its fee upon closing of the initial business combination. The payment of such fee would likely be conditioned upon the completion of the initial business combination. Therefore, such entities may have additional financial interests in the completion of the initial business combination. These financial interests may influence the advice such entity provides us, which advice would contribute to our decision on whether to pursue a business combination with any particular target.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the

business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders or warrant holders who choose to remain stockholders or warrant holders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negativeadverse impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and do not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We currently do not and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so, or we may acquire a target business through an affiliated joint acquisition with one or more affiliates of Hudson Executive Capital and/or one or more investors in Hudson Executive Capital or one of its affiliates. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Delaware law and we or our stockholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our stockholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after our Initial Public Offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On February 14, 2020, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.0029 per share. On June 8, 2020, we effected a 1:1.2 stock split of our Class B Common Stock, resulting in an aggregate of 10,350,000 founder shares outstanding of which 10,300,000 were held by our sponsor. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding was determined based on the expectation that the total size of our Initial Public Offering would be a maximum of 41,400,000 units, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after our Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 1,350,000 founder shares are no longer subject to forfeiture and our sponsor maintained its holding of 10,300,000 founder shares. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,280,000, or $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

In recent months, the market for directors and officers liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have

generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors.

Risk Factors Related to Legal Proceedings and Potential Conflicts of Interest

Legal proceedings in connection with the Proposed Business Combination, the outcomes of which are uncertain, could delay or prevent the completion of the Proposed Business Combination.

In connection with the Proposed Business Combination, certain of our stockholders have filed lawsuits and other stockholders have threatened to file lawsuits alleging breaches of fiduciary duty and violations of the disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act. We intend to defend the matters vigorously. These cases are in the early stages and we are unable to reasonably determine the outcome or estimate any potential losses, and, as such, have not recorded a loss contingency.

Additional lawsuits may be filed against us or our directors and officers in connection with the Proposed Business Combination. Defending such additional lawsuits could require us to incur significant costs and draw the attention of our management team away from the Proposed Business Combination. Further, the defense or settlement of any lawsuit or claim that remains unresolved at the time the Proposed Business Combination is consummated may adversely affect the post-combination company’s business,liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows. Such legal proceedings could delay or prevent the business combination from becoming effective within the agreed upon timeframe.operations.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Our sponsor and directors and officers and their respective affiliates are also not prohibited from sponsoring, investing or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, including in connection with their initial business combinations, prior to us completing our initial business combination. Mr. Braunstein and Mr. Bergeron have formed and are actively engaged in Hudson Executive Investment Corp. II (“HEIC II”), a special purpose acquisition company, which completed its initial public offering in January 2021, and Hudson Executive Investment Corp. III (“HEIC III”), a special purpose acquisition company, which completed its initial public offering in February 2021. Additionally, certain of our other officers and directors serve as officers and directors of HEIC II and HEIC III and owe fiduciary duties under applicable law to HEIC II and HEIC III. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be

presented. In addition, certain of our founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities, including without limitation, HEIC II, HEIC III, investment funds, accounts and co-investment vehicles. Accordingly, subject to their fiduciary duties under applicable law, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an acquisition opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which they have then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, they will need to honor their fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such acquisition opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such entities, including HEIC II and HEIC III, may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities.

Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Moreover, we may pursue an affiliated joint acquisition opportunity with one or more affiliates of Hudson Executive Capital and/or one or more investors in Hudson Executive Capital or one of its affiliates. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the business combination by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

General Risk Factors

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have a limited basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check company established under the laws of the State of Delaware with no operating results and minimal operating history. Because we lack a substantial operating history, you have a limited basis upon

which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination. We may not be able to complete a business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by our management team and their affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, our management team or businesses associated with them is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of our management team or businesses associated with them as indicative of our future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such

completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our certificate of incorporation requires, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us, our directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware, except any claim (A) as to which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) any action arising under the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall have concurrent jurisdiction. If an action is brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, a court may determine that this provision is unenforceable, and to the extent it is enforceable, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our certificate of incorporation provides that the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

40


Table of Contents

Item 2.

Properties.Item 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Risk Management and Strategy

Talkspace recognizes the importance of assessing, identifying, and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats as a vital component to the success of our business. We currently maintainhave established policies and processes for assessing, identifying, and managing the material risk from cybersecurity threats which may include, among other things, operational risks; fraud; extortion; harm to our business, employees or customers; violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risk; and reputational risks.

We routinely assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, which include unauthorized access to our information systems that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of such systems or any information residing therein. Our process for identifying and assessing material risks from cybersecurity threats operates alongside our broader overall risk assessment process, covering all company risks. For additional information regarding risks from cybersecurity threats, please refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

We also have a cybersecurity specific risk assessment process, which helps identify residual risk from cybersecurity threats. We have adopted the HITRUST CSF Assurance Program for Cloud assessment to inform this risk assessment process. Our risk assessments include the identification of reasonably foreseeable internal and external information security and cybersecurity risks, the likelihood that such events may occur and the impact or potential damage that could result from such risks. The assessments examine the adequacy of our policies, procedures, systems, and the safeguards in place to manage and mitigate the identified risks. The impact of these assessments is the refinement of existing safeguards and the implementation of new safeguards to improve our cybersecurity protections; reasonably address any identified gaps in existing safeguards; and ensure that we regularly monitor the effectiveness of those safeguards.

As part of the above processes, we engage with a third-party to review our information security program and related cybersecurity safeguards to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement, and/or compliance. Along with these third parties we ensure that the appropriate personnel collaborate with subject matter specialists, as necessary, to gather insights for identifying and assessing material cybersecurity threat risks, their impact and potential mitigations. We have implemented the following activities (among others) to mitigate risk:

Periodic risk assessments to identify and assess cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities in our information technology systems;
Running simulated cybersecurity drills, which are performed both in-house and by the third-party service provider, including vulnerability scanning, penetration testing and disaster recovery exercises;
background checks prior to hire;
encryption of data at rest and in transit;
logging and event monitoring;
threat detection to monitor for malicious activity and anomalous behavior;
malware protection and restricting connections to malicious websites;
data loss protection mechanisms;
third party penetration testing;
cybersecurity risk assessments of our third-party vendors;
reviews by internal and external audit of the effectiveness of information security-related internal controls;
closely monitor emerging data protection laws and implement changes to our processes designed to comply as needed; and
carry information security risk insurance that provides protection against the potential losses arising from a cybersecurity incident.

41


Our incident response plan, as effected by management, coordinates the activities we take to prepare for, detect, contain, eradicate, and recover from cybersecurity incidents as well as to comply with potentially applicable legal obligations and mitigate brand and reputational damage. The incident response plan also outlines the appropriate communication flow and response for certain categories of potential cybersecurity incidents. The Chief Technology Officer escalates material events, including to the Chief Executive Officer and Board.

We require all employees to participate in cybersecurity awareness, privacy, security training annually and provide system-wide mechanisms to report potential threats. In addition, we use a third-party phishing awareness vendor to increase employee awareness of cybersecurity threats.

Our processes also address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of third-party service providers. Third-party risks are included within our broader overall risk assessment process, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification program. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third-party service providers and we continually monitor cybersecurity threat risks identified through such diligence.

There can be no guarantee that our policies and procedures will be effective. Although our risk factors include further detail about the material cybersecurity risks we face and how a cybersecurity incident may affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, we believe that risks from prior cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incident, have not materially affected our business to date. We can provide no assurances that there will not be incidents in the future or that they will not materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for further information about these risks.

Cybersecurity Governance


Cybersecurity is an important part of our risk management processes and an area of increasing focus for our Board and management. Our Audit Committee is responsible for the oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats. At least quarterly, and more frequently as relevant, the Audit Committee receives an overview from management covering topics such as security posture, results from third-party assessments, progress towards pre-determined risk-mitigation-related goals, and material cybersecurity threat risks or incidents and developments, as well as the steps management has taken to respond to such risks.

Members of the Audit Committee are also encouraged to regularly engage in ad hoc conversations with management on cybersecurity-related news and discuss any updates to our cybersecurity risk management and strategy programs. Material cybersecurity risks are also considered during separate Board meeting discussions of important matters like risk management, business continuity planning, and other relevant matters. Management or the Audit Committee will provide a comprehensive update to the Board on cybersecurity threats and risk mitigation generally at least annually, and more frequently as relevant.

The Company’s information security and cybersecurity program is managed by our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) and our Chief Technology Officer (CTO). The CISO and the Senior Director Information Security are responsible for our overall network security and assessing and managing cybersecurity risks and threats. The CISO has over 20 years of information security, privacy, auditing and compliance experience and holds numerous certifications. The Senior Director of Information Security has over 15 years of experience in information security, and holds numerous certifications. The CTO has over 20 years of experience and has been a leader of our Company’s information systems and technological advancements for the past nine (9) years. The SVP of Engineering has over 20 years of experience in IT and has specialized knowledge in systems and network infrastructure. The Director of SRE and Security has eight (8) years of experience and has principal executive offices at 570 Lexington Avenue, 35th Floor,responsibility for our network operations and system administration.

These members of management are informed about and monitor the prevention, mitigation, detection, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents through their management of, and participation in, the cybersecurity risk management and strategy processes described above.

42


Item 2. PROPERTIES

The Company's headquarters are located in New York, NY 10022 and maintain other officesNY. As of December 31, 2023, the majority of the Company’s employees are still working remotely.

The Company has limited operations outside the United States. The Company has one foreign subsidiary located in Israel which leases its operating facilities under a month-to-month operating lease agreement.

The Company does not view any of its leased facilities as providedmaterial to us by our officers. The cost for this space is included in the $10,000 per-month aggregate fee an affiliate of our sponsor charges us for general secretarial and administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement between us and such affiliate of our sponsor. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the relevant areas, that the fee charged by such affiliate of our sponsor is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.its business.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

We reached settlements for certain class action lawsuits in February 10, 2021, two purported shareholders2023 ending ongoing litigation. The court granted final approval to these settlements in all respects in the third and fourth quarter of the2023. The Company filed actions against us and the membershas not admitted any liability of our Board of Directors relating to the Mergers. On March 10, 2021, our Board of Directors received a shareholder demand letter against us and members of our Board of Directors. In each case, the shareholders allege a variety of disclosure deficiencies in our preliminary proxy statement/prospectus filedwrongdoing in connection with these settlements and has entered into these settlements solely to avoid the Transactionscosts, risks, distraction, and seek disclosuresuncertainties of additional information. The alleged omissions generally relatecontinued litigation. See Note 6, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the notes to (i) certainthe consolidated financial projections; (ii) certain valuation analyses performed bystatements for further details.

In addition to the Company;foregoing, the Company may in the future be involved in various legal proceedings, claims and (iii) alleged conflictslitigation that arise in the normal course of interest. Plaintiffs seek to enjoin the forthcoming shareholder vote on the Mergers unless and until we disclose the allegedly omitted material information summarized above. The plaintiffs also seek damages and attorneys’ fees.

business. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the lawsuits or demand letter or any othersaccrues for estimated loss contingencies related to legal matters when available information indicates that might be filed subsequent to the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, nor canit is probable a liability has been incurred and the Company predictcan reasonably estimate the amount of time and expense that will be requiredloss. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to resolvedetermine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the lawsuits and demand letter. The Company believes thatamount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the lawsuits and demand letter are without merit and intendsliability already accrued with respect to vigorously defend against them.a previously recognized loss contingency, it is often not possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss or possible additional losses or range of additional losses.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

43


PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our units began trading on Nasdaq under the symbol “HECCU” onOn June 9, 2020. On July 28, 2020, we announced that holders of our units could elect to separately trade the Class A23, 2021, Talkspace, Inc.'s common stock and warrants included in the units. On July 30, 2020, our Class A common stock and warrants became available for separatebegan trading on the Nasdaq under the symbols “HECC”“TALK” and “HECCW”“TALKW,” respectively.

Holders

At March 23, 2021, Prior to that time, there was 1 holder of record ofno public market for our units, 1 holder of record of our separately traded Class A common stock 3or warrants.

As of December 31, 2023, there were 168,428,856 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, and 12,780,000 Private Placement Warrants and 21,350,000 Public Warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. As of December 31, 2023, there were 10,558,573 and 8,984,827 shares underlying outstanding stock options and non-vested restricted stock units, respectively.

Holders

As of March 12, 2024, there were 78 holders of record of our Class B common stock and 1 holder13 holders of record of our separately traded warrants.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination.date. The payment of cash dividends in the

future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination.condition. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our Boardboard of Directors. In addition, our Board of Directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, ourdirectors. Our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants wethe terms of financing or other agreements entered into by us or our subsidiaries from time to time.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company maintains a stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may agreegrant cash and equity incentive awards to officers, employees, directors, consultants and service providers and one employee stock purchase plan under which employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries are provided with the opportunity to purchase Talkspace common stock at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions during successive offering periods. See Note 8, “Share-based Compensation” in connection therewith.the notes to the consolidated financial statements and Part III, Item 12, which incorporates information by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, for further details.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities Authorized for Issuance Under

None.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Compensation PlansSecurities

None.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

The following table summarizes selected historical financial dataprovides information with respect to purchases by the Company of shares of its Common Stock during the fourth quarter of 2023:

Total number of shares purchased

Average price per share

Total number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Plan

Maximum number of
Shares that may be
Purchased Under the
Plan

Period

$

October 1, 2023 to October 31, 2023

November 1, 2023 to November 30, 2023

December 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023

Total

$

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

44


Share Repurchase Program

On February 22, 2024, the Company announced that its Board of Directors (“Board”) has approved a share repurchase program which authorizes the repurchase of up to $15 million of the currently outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock over a period of twenty-four months beginning on March 1, 2024 (the “Repurchase Program”). Under the Repurchase Program, the Company may repurchase shares through various methods, including open market purchases and shouldprivately-negotiated transactions, or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Such purchases will be readat times and in conjunction with our audited financial statementsamounts as the Company deems appropriate, based on factors such as price, market conditions, corporate and regulatory requirements, constraints specified in any Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, alternative investment opportunities and other business considerations.

The Repurchase Program does not obligate the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial StatementsCompany to repurchase any dollar amount or number of shares, and Supplementary Data”may be suspended or terminated at any time.

Item 6. Reserved.

45


Table of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Contents

   For the Period from
February 6, 2020
(inception) through
December 31, 2020
 

Income Statement Data:

  

Loss from operations

  $(1,776,306

Net loss

   (1,558,095

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B non-redeemable common stock

   (0.15

   As of
December 31, 2020
 

Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash

  $1,178,377 

Marketable securities held in trust account

   414,228,281 

Total assets

   415,525,183 

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

   39,439,372 

Total stockholders’ equity

   5,000,003 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section as to “Talkspace,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of Talkspace, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunctiontogether with our auditedthe financial statements and the related notes related thereto which are includedcontained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in theReport. This discussion and analysis set forth below includescontains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. OurAs a result of many factors, such as those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” sections and elsewhere in this Annual Report, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statementsstatements.

The purpose of this section is to discuss and analyze our consolidated financial condition, liquidity and capital resources and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. For a discussion of our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources for the year ended December 31, 2021, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Overview

Talkspace is a healthcare company offering its members convenient and affordable access to a fully-credentialed network of highly qualified providers. We are a leading virtual behavioral health company and, since Talkspace’s founding in 2012, we have connected millions of patients with licensed mental health providers across a wide and growing spectrum of care through virtual counseling, psychotherapy and psychiatry. We created a purpose-built platform to address the vast, unmet and growing demand for mental health services of our members, serving our payor clients (“Payor”), comprised of health plans and employee assistance programs such as Aetna, Cigna, and Optum, who offer their insured members access to our platform at in-network reimbursement rates, our Direct-to-Enterprise clients ("DTE") comprised of enterprise clients such as Google, the University of Kentucky and the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, who offer their enterprise members access to our platform while their enterprise is under an active contract with Talkspace, and individual consumers ("Consumer") who subscribe directly to our platform.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 131 million eligible lives compared to 92 million eligible lives as of December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 11,700 consumer active members compared to approximately 15,400 consumer active members as of December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our clinicians completed 850,600 sessions for members covered under our Payor clients, as compared to 426,400 completed sessions for the year ended December 31, 2022. Please refer to the “Key Business Metrics” section below for a description of eligible lives and consumer active members.

Inflation Risk and Economic Conditions

The demand for our solution is dependent on the general economy, which is in turn affected by geopolitical conditions, the stability of the global credit markets, inflationary pressures, increasing interest rates, the industries in which our Payor or DTE clients operate or serve, and other factors. Downturns in the general economy could disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and cause it to decrease.

Our operations could also be impacted by inflation and increased interest rates. Inflation did not have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. However, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures (such as Provider cost), we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases or cost savings. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

46


Quarterly Fluctuations

Our financial results may fluctuate from period-to-period as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the factors described in this section. Most of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our clients during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solution, and potential changes in our renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new clients must be recognized over the applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or changes we experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our securities.

Operating Segments

The Company operates as a single segment and as one reporting unit, which is how the chief operating decision maker (who is the chief executive officer) reviews financial performance and allocates resources.

Key Business Metrics

We monitor the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. We believe the following metrics are useful in evaluating our business:

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands, except number of health plan and enterprise clients or otherwise indicated)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Number of eligible lives at year end (in millions)

 

 

131

 

 

 

92

 

Number of completed Payor sessions

 

 

850.6

 

 

 

426.4

 

Number of health plan clients at year end

 

 

22

 

 

 

19

 

Number of enterprise clients at year end

 

 

210

 

 

 

226

 

Number of Consumer active members at year end

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

15.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Unique Payor active members during the period

 

 

79.2

 

 

 

47.5

 

Eligible Lives: We consider eligible lives “eligible” if such persons are eligible to receive treatment on the Talkspace platform, in the case of our Payor clients, at an agreed upon reimbursement rate through insurance under an employee assistance program or other network behavioral health paid benefit program. There may be instances where a person may be covered through multiple solutions, typically through behavioral health plans and employee assistance programs. In these instances, the person is counted each time they are covered in the eligible lives calculation, which may cause this amount to reflect a higher number of eligible lives than we actually serve.

Consumer Active Members: We consider consumer members “active” commencing on the date such member initiates contact with a provider on our platform until the term of their monthly, quarterly or bi-annual subscription plan expires, unless terminated early.

Unique Payor Active Members: Represents unique users who had a session completed during the period.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

We generate revenues from services provided to individuals who are qualified to receive access to the Company's services through our commercial arrangements with health insurance plans, employee assistance organizations and enterprises. We also generate revenues from the sale of monthly, quarterly, bi-annual and annual membership subscriptions to the Company's therapy

47


platform as well as supplementary a la carte offerings directly to individual consumers through a subscription plan. See Note 2, “Summary of significant accounting policies and estimates” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Revenue growth is generated from a combination of increasing our eligible covered lives through contracting with health insurance plans and employee assistance organizations, increasing utilization within eligible covered lives, expanding enterprise clients, and increasing membership subscriptions.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues is comprised primarily of therapist payments. Cost of revenues is largely driven by the number of sessions and the size of our provider network that is required to service the growth of our health plan and enterprise clients, in addition to the growth of our customer base.

We designed our business model and our provider network to be scalable and to leverage a hybrid model of both employee providers and independently contracted providers to support multiple growth scenarios. The compensation paid to our independently contracted providers is variable, and the amount paid to a provider is generally based on the amount of time committed by such provider to our members. Our employee providers receive a fixed-salary and discretionary bonuses, where applicable, all of which is included in cost of revenues.

While we expect to make increased investments to support accelerated growth and the required investment to scale our provider network, we also expect increased efficiencies and economies of scale. Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues is expected to fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these factors as well as pricing fluctuations.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of research and development, clinical operations, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include personnel and related expenses for software development and engineering, information technology infrastructure, security and privacy compliance and product development (inclusive of stock-based compensation for our research and development employees), third-party services and contractors related to research and development, information technology and software-related costs.

Clinical Operations Expenses

Clinical operations expenses are associated with the management of our provider network of therapists. This item is comprised of costs related to recruiting, onboarding, credentialing, training and ongoing quality assurance activities (inclusive of stock-based compensation for our clinical operations employees), costs of third-party services and contractors related to recruiting and training and software-related costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions, travel and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales and account management.

Marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising and marketing expenses for member acquisition and engagement, as well as personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense for marketing employees, third-party services and contractors. Marketing expenses also include third-party software subscription services, third-party independent research, participation in trade shows, brand messaging and costs of communications materials that are produced for our clients to generate greater awareness and utilization of our platform among our Payor and DTE clients.

48


General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation expense for certain executives, finance, accounting, legal, compliance and human resources functions, as well as professional fees, occupancy costs, and other general overhead costs.

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of goodwill represents an impairment charge for goodwill as a result of the annual impairment test performed for the year ended December 31, 2022. No impairment charges were incurred for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2021.

Financial (income), net

Financial (income), net includes the impact from (i) non-cash changes in the fair value of our warrant liabilities, (ii) interest earned on cash equivalents deposited in our money market accounts and (iii) other financial expenses in connection with bank charges.

Taxes on income

Taxes on income consists primarily of foreign income taxes related to income generated by our subsidiary organized under the laws of Israel.

We have a full valuation allowance for our U.S. deferred tax assets, including federal and state NOLs. We expect to maintain this valuation allowance until it becomes more likely than not that the benefit of our federal and state deferred tax assets will be realized through expected future taxable income in the United States.

Results of Operations

The following table presents the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective years:

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

Variance

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

   Payor revenue

 

$

80,823

 

 

$

36,168

 

 

$

44,655

 

 

 

123.5

 

   DTE revenue

 

 

33,614

 

 

$

28,241

 

 

 

5,373

 

 

 

19.0

 

   Consumer revenue

 

 

35,608

 

 

 

55,158

 

 

 

(19,550

)

 

 

(35.4

)

Total revenue

 

 

150,045

 

 

 

119,567

 

 

 

30,478

 

 

 

25.5

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

75,665

 

 

 

59,229

 

 

 

16,436

 

 

 

27.7

 

Gross profit

 

 

74,380

 

 

 

60,338

 

 

 

14,042

 

 

 

23.3

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Research and development, net

 

 

17,571

 

 

 

21,659

 

 

 

(4,088

)

 

 

(18.9

)

   Clinical operations, net

 

 

6,159

 

 

 

6,591

 

 

 

(432

)

 

 

(6.6

)

   Sales and marketing

 

 

52,544

 

 

 

72,842

 

 

 

(20,298

)

 

 

(27.9

)

   General and administrative

 

 

21,315

 

 

 

36,270

 

 

 

(14,955

)

 

 

(41.2

)

   Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

6,134

 

 

 

(6,134

)

 

 

(100.0

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

97,589

 

 

 

143,496

 

 

 

(45,907

)

 

 

(32.0

)

Operating loss

 

 

(23,209

)

 

 

(83,158

)

 

 

59,949

 

 

 

72.1

 

Financial (income), net

 

 

(4,245

)

 

 

(3,740

)

 

 

(505

)

 

 

13.5

 

Loss before taxes on income

 

 

(18,964

)

 

 

(79,418

)

 

 

60,454

 

 

 

76.1

 

Taxes on income

 

 

218

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(14.2

)

Net loss

 

$

(19,182

)

 

$

(79,672

)

 

$

60,490

 

 

 

75.9

 

49


Year Ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022

Revenues

Revenues increased by $30.5 million, or 25.5%, to $150.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $119.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was principally due to a 123.5% increase in Payor revenue driven by a higher number of completed payor sessions, and 19.0% growth in DTE revenue, partially offset by a 35.4% decline in Consumer subscription revenue. Revenue from our Payor clients increased by $44.7 million, or 123.5% to $80.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Revenue from our DTE clients increased by $5.4 million, or 19.0% to $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Consumer member subscriptions revenue decreased by $19.6 million, or 35.4%, to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $55.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 due to the Company's intentional and strategic decision to optimize and focus marketing efforts on attracting payor members and while we no longer have marketing resources dedicated solely to the Consumer category, it continues to have a positive contribution to our financial results.

Costs of revenues

Cost of revenues increased by $16.4 million or 27.7%, to $75.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increased hours worked by therapists to meet strong customer engagement.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased by $14.0 million, or 23.3%, to $74.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $60.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross margin was 49.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 50.5% during the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an increase in Payor and DTE revenues. The decline in gross margin was driven by a shift in revenue mix towards Payor.

Operating Expenses

Overall, our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 have decreased compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due to our efficiency initiatives in order to optimize for profitability.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by $4.1 million, or 18.9%, to $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a decrease in employee-related costs, inclusive of non-cash stock compensation expense.

Clinical operations expenses

Clinical operations expenses decreased by $0.4 million, or 6.6%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a decrease in software subscriptions.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $20.3 million, or 27.9%, to $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses was primarily driven by a decrease in direct marketing and promotional costs, subcontractor costs, and employee-related costs, inclusive of non-cash stock compensation expense.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased by $15.0 million, or 41.2%, to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a decrease in professional fees, employee-related costs, inclusive of non-cash stock compensation expense, and subcontractor costs.

50


Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of goodwill consists of a $6.1 million impairment charge related to goodwill for the year ending December 31, 2022. No impairment charges were incurred for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2021.

Financial (income), net

Financial (income), net was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to financial (income), net of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, financial (income), net, primarily consisted of $5.3 million of interest income from our money market accounts partially offset by $0.9 million in non-cash losses resulting from the remeasurement of warrant liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2022, financial (income), net primarily consisted of $3.1 million in non-cash gains resulting from the remeasurement of warrant liabilities.

Taxes on income

Taxes on income consists primarily of foreign income taxes related to income generated by our subsidiary organized under the laws of Israel. Taxes on income were immaterial for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Year Ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021

For a detailed discussion of the results for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, please refer to the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 filed on March 10, 2023.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our financial results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, is useful in evaluating our operating performance, and our management uses it as a key performance measure to assess our operating performance. Because adjusted EBITDA facilitates internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we use this measure for business planning purposes and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. We also use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure, when taken together with the corresponding GAAP financial measures, provides meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations or outlook. We believe that the use of adjusted EBITDA is helpful to our investors as it is a metric used by management in assessing the health of our business and our operating performance. However, non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP.

Some of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA include (i) adjusted EBITDA does not necessarily reflect capital commitments to be paid in the future and (ii) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the underlying assets may need to be replaced and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect these requirements. In evaluating adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments described herein. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. Our adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to loss before income taxes, net loss, loss per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. When evaluating our performance, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including our net loss and other GAAP results.

A reconciliation is provided below for adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. We do not provide a forward-looking reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA guidance as the amount and significance of the reconciling items required to develop meaningful comparable GAAP financial measures cannot be estimated at this time without unreasonable efforts. These reconciling items could be meaningful.

51


We calculate adjusted EBITDA as net loss income adjusted to exclude (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) interest and other expenses (income), net, (iii) tax benefit and expense, (iv) stock-based compensation expense, (v) impairment of goodwill and (vi) certain non-recurring expenses that we believe do not represent our on-going operations, where applicable.

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA from the most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(19,182

)

 

$

(79,672

)

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

1,357

 

Financial (income), net (1)

 

 

 

(4,245

)

 

 

(3,740

)

Taxes on income

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

254

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

8,395

 

 

 

12,116

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,134

 

Non-recurring expenses (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,880

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

$

(13,529

)

 

$

(58,671

)

(1)
For the year ended December 31, 2023, financial (income), net, primarily consisted of $5.3 million of interest income from our money market accounts partially offset by $0.9 million in losses resulting from the remeasurement of warrant liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2022, financial (income), net, primarily consisted of $3.1 million in gains resulting from the remeasurement of warrant liabilities.
(2)
For the year ended December 31, 2022, non-recurring expenses primarily consisted of a $5.5 million accrual for estimated litigation expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2023, we had $123.9 million of cash and cash equivalents ($138.5 million as of December 31, 2022), which we use to finance our operations and support a variety of growth initiatives and investments. We had no debt as of December 31, 2023.

Our primary cash needs are to fund operating activities and invest in technology development. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, contract renewal activity, the timing and extent of investments to support product development efforts, our expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced service offerings and the continuing market acceptance of virtual behavioral services. Additionally, we may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies.

We currently anticipate to be able to fund our cash needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future using available cash and cash equivalent balances as of December 31, 2023. However, in the future we may require additional capital to respond to technological advancements, competitive dynamics, customer demands, business and investment opportunities, acquisitions or unforeseen circumstances and we may determine to engage in equity or debt financings for other reasons. We may not be able to timely secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt or other equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could experience significant dilution. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we cannot raise capital when needed we may be forced to undertake asset sales or similar measures to ensure adequate liquidity.

52


Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities

The following table presents the summary consolidated cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(16,393

)

 

$

(61,077

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(317

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,897

 

 

 

1,683

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(14,637

)

 

$

(59,711

)

Operating Activities

The decrease in net cash used in operating activities was driven primarily by a lower net loss for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by unfavorable timing of payments of accrued expenses.

Investing Activities

The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was driven primarily by a decrease in the purchases of computer equipment and software.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities primarily consists of cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options granted to employees in the prior years.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

As of December 31, 2023, we did not have any short-term or long-term debt, or significant long-term liabilities. Our long-term operating lease for our office space in New York, NY is immaterial as of December 31, 2023.

The Company reached settlements for certain class action lawsuits in February 2023 ending ongoing litigation, see Note 6, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details. In addition, we may in the future be involved in various legal proceedings, claims and litigation that arise in the normal course of business. We accrue for estimated loss contingencies related to legal matters when available information indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is often not possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss or possible additional losses or range of additional losses. Should any of our estimates and assumptions change or prove to be incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

Our commercial contract arrangements generally include certain provisions requiring us to indemnify clients against liabilities if there is a breach of a client’s data or if our service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

We have also agreed to indemnify our officers and directors for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those set forthpersons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by us, arising out of that person’s services as our director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at our request. We maintain director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of our employees under “Specialcertain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.

53


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not invest in any off-balance sheet vehicles that provide liquidity, capital resources, market or credit risk support, or engage in any activities that expose us to any liability that is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company's accounting policies are essential to understanding and interpreting the financial results reported on the consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements are summarized in Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors”2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and elsewhereEstimates” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of those policies are considered to be particularly important to the presentation of the Company's financial results because they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain. The following is a discussion of these estimates:

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues in accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. Revenues are recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to perform its defined contractual obligations to provide virtual behavioral healthcare services. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for the service rendered. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that is included in the transaction price at contract inception and reassesses this estimate at each reporting date. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The Company determines its estimate of variable consideration primarily based on actual historical collection experience.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding recent accounting developments and their impact on our results.

54


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have filed a registration statement10-K may be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form S-4 with10-K include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, industry and business trends, stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, business strategy, plans and market growth.

The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other such statements we publicly make from time to-time are only predictions. We base these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the SEC, which includes the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus, and we will file other documents regarding the Transactions. A definitive proxy statement/prospectus will also be sent to our stockholders and Talkspace’s stockholders, seeking any required stockholder approvals. We urge stockholders to carefully read the entire registration statement and proxy statement/prospectus and any other relevant documents filed with the SEC,forward-looking statements, including, any amendments or supplements to

these documents, because they contain important information about the proposed transactions, including detailed descriptions of the Transactions and a discussion of historical information and risks relatingbut not limited to, the Transactions. The documents filed by us with the SEC may be obtained free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporatedimportant factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on February 6, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formedForm 10-K for the purposefiscal year ended December 31, 2023. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based upon information available to us as of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, the sale of the Private Placement Warrants that occurred simultaneously with the completion of our Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Forward Purchase Units, the sale of shares in a private placement to certain investors (including the PIPE Investment), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete a business combination will be successful.

Merger Agreement

On January 12, 2021, we entered into the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the parties thereto will enter into the Proposed Business Combination by which, (i) First Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company with the Company being the surviving corporation in the First Merger and (ii) Second Merger Sub will merge with and into the surviving corporation with Second Merger Sub being the surviving entity in the Second Merger.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger:

(a)

All shares of common stock and preferred stock of Talkspace and all vested options exercisable for common stock of Talkspace, in each case, outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the First Merger, will be cancelled in exchange for the right to receive, at the election of the holders thereof, a number of shares of our common stock or a combination of shares of our common stock and cash, in each case, as adjusted pursuant to the Merger Agreement, which in the aggregate with the options to acquire common stock of Talkspace to be assumed by us in exchange for options to acquire our common stock, will be equal to the Closing Merger Consideration;

(b)

The Closing Cash Consideration that may be paid to pre-closing holders of Talkspace’s stock and vested options pursuant to the foregoing is equal to (i) the amount of cash held by us in our trust account (after reduction for the aggregate amount of cash payable in respect of any HEC stockholder redemptions), plus (ii) the amounts received by us upon consummation of the PIPE Investment and the transactions contemplated under the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, (iii) $250,000,000, minus (iv) the transaction expenses of the parties to the Merger Agreement;

(c)

The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued to pre-closing holders of the Talkspace’s stock and options, including our common stock underlying any assumed options, pursuant to the foregoing is equal to a number determined dividing (a) (i) the Closing Merger Consideration minus (ii) the Closing Cash Consideration, minus (iii) the Sponsor Share Amount, minus (iv) the transaction expenses of the parties to the Merger Agreement, by (b) $10.00.

Additionally, on January 12, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into the Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, the PIPE Investors have collectively subscribed for 30,000,000 shares of our common stock

for an aggregate purchase price equal to $300 million. The PIPE Investment will be consummated substantially concurrently with the Closing. The Subscription Agreements will terminate with no further force and effect upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, (ii) the mutual written agreement of the parties to such Subscription Agreement, (iii) the failure to satisfy any of the closing conditions set forth in such Subscription Agreements by the closing date, or (iv) the failure to close within seven months from the date of signing.this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

The partiesThis Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we reference herein and have filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read with the Merger Agreement have made customary representations, warrantiesunderstanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and covenants, including, among others, with respect to the conductachievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the businessesdate of Talkspace and HEC during the period between execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Proposed Business Combination.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from inception to December 31, 2020 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the Initial Public Offering, described below, and, following the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a business combination and completing activities related to the Merger Agreement. Wethis Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by applicable law, we do not expectplan to generatepublicly update or revise any operating revenues until after the completion of an initial business combination. We generate non-operating incomeforward-looking statements contained in the form of interest incomethis Annual Report on marketable securities held in the trust account. We incur expensesForm 10-K or any forward-looking statements we may publicly make from time-to-time, whether as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with completing our initial business combination.

For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $1,558,095, which consists of operating costs of $1,776,306 and a provision for income taxes of $10,070, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the trust account of $228,281.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On June 11, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 41,400,000 units, which included the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 5,400,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $414,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $10,280,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, the exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $414,000,000 was placed in the trust account. We incurred $23,353,182 in transaction costs, including $8,280,000 of underwriting fees, $14,490,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $583,182 of other offering costs.

For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $261,316. Net loss of $1,558,095 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account of $228,281, formation costs paid by our sponsor of $2,125 and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and marketable securities held in the trust account of $414,228,281. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that our capital stocknew information, future events or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies. During the period ended December 31, 2020, we did not withdraw any interest income from the trust account.otherwise.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $1,178,377 of cash held outside of the trust account. We intend to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that an initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such initial business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Going Concern

We have until June 11, 2022 to consummate an initial business combination. It is uncertain that we will be able to consummate an initial business combination by this time. If an initial business combination is not consummated by this date, we may require additional capital or there may be a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, suspending the pursuit of a business combination. We cannot provide assurance that new financing will be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. Management has determined that the liquidity condition, should an initial business combination not occur, raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with un entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative services to us. We began incurring these fees on June 8, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $14,490,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters in the event that the Company fails to complete an initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

In addition, we entered into a forward purchase agreement with HEC Fund pursuant to which HEC Fund committed to purchase from us up to 5,000,000 Forward Purchase Units, for $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate amount of up to $50,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of an initial business combination. The proceeds from the sale of these Forward Purchase Units, together with the amounts available to us from the trust account (after giving effect to any redemptions of public shares) and any other equity or debt financing obtained by us in connection with the initial business combination, will be used to satisfy the cash requirements of the initial business combination, including funding the purchase price and paying expenses and retaining specified amounts to be used by the post-business combination company for working capital or other purposes. To the extent that the amounts available from the trust account and other financing are sufficient for such cash requirements, HEC Fund may purchase less than 5,000,000 Forward Purchase Units. In addition, HEC Fund’s commitment under the forward purchase agreement will be subject to approval, prior to us entering into a definitive agreement for an initial business combination, of its investment committee. Pursuant to the terms of the forward purchase agreement, HEC Fund will have the option to assign its commitment to one of its affiliates and up to $2,500,000 to members of our management team. The forward purchase shares will be identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to transfer restrictions and registration rights. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as the Private Placement Warrants so long as they are held by HEC Fund or its permitted assignees and transferees.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the united States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the trust account, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net income, less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our financial statements.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

AsItem 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $123.9 million and $138.5 million as of December 31, 2020, we were2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents are held for a variety of growth and investments as well as working capital purposes. We do not have any indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding.

We do not believe that a hypothetical increase or decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates would have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, our earnings on cash equivalents are subject to any market orrisk due to changes in interest rate risk. The net proceeds received into the trust account haverates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

To date, a substantial majority of our revenue from customer arrangements has been investeddenominated in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 180 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. Due todollars. We have limited operations outside the short-term nature of these investments,United States. Accordingly, we believe there will be no associatedwe do not have a material exposure to interest rateforeign currency risk. In the future, we may choose to focus on international expansion, which may increase our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

55


Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

This information appears following

Item 15 of this Report and is included herein by reference.8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with the participation of our current chief executive officer and chief financial officer (our “Certifying Officers”), the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Certifying Officers concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and

procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

Age

Title

Douglas L. Braunstein

60

President, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Douglas G. Bergeron

60

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jonathan Dobres

43

Chief Financial Officer

Robert Greifeld

63

Independent Director

Amy Schulman

60

Independent Director

Thelma Duggin

71

Independent Director

Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

Douglas L. Braunstein is our President and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Braunstein currently serves as the President and Chairman of the Board of Directors of HEIC II and HEIC III, each of which is a blank check company whose sponsor is an affiliate of Hudson Executive Capital. Additionally, Mr. Braunstein is the Founder and a Managing Partner of Hudson Executive Capital, which is a member of our sponsor and is our affiliate. Prior to founding Hudson Executive Capital, Douglas L. Braunstein was the Chief Financial Officer of JPMorgan Chase & Co., or JPMorgan Chase, from 2010 to 2012 and its Vice Chairman from 2013 to 2015. In the role of Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Braunstein led the firm’s global financial operations and navigated the evolving legislative and regulatory landscape in the immediate post-financial crisis environment and served on the firm’s Operating Committee. Prior to his role as Chief Financial Officer of JP Morgan Chase, Mr. Braunstein served in several other leadership roles during his approximately twenty-year career at JPMorgan Chase, including Head of Investment Banking in the Americas, responsible for investment banking and corporate finance in the U.S., Canada and Latin America, Head of Global M&A and Global Industry Coverage and Head of Healthcare Investment Banking, as well as serving on the Investment Bank Management Committee for over ten years.

Douglas G. Bergeron is our Chief Executive Officer and a Director. Mr. Bergeron currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Director of HEIC II and HEIC III, each of which is a blank check company whose sponsor is an affiliate of Hudson Executive Capital. Additionally, Mr. Bergeron is a Managing Partner of Hudson Executive Capital. Prior to joining Hudson Executive Capital, Douglas G. Bergeron founded DGB Investments, a diversified holding company of technology investments, in 2013. Mr. Bergeron’s expertise in the financial services sector, FinTech in particular, and the technology industry spans over 35 years, including 12 years as the Chief Executive Officer of Verifone Systems, Inc., a provider of technology for electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point-of-sale. In 2001, Mr. Bergeron led the acquisition of Verifone, in partnership with the private equity firm The Gores Group, from Hewlett Packard for $50 million and was named Verifone’s Chief Executive Officer. The following year, Mr. Bergeron partnered with GTCR, another private equity firm, to acquire Verifone from The Gores Group, and continued as Chief Executive Officer of Verifone. Prior to leading Verifone, Mr. Bergeron held several senior roles at SunGard Data Systems and ultimately became Chief Executive Officer of SunGard Brokerage Systems Group and President of SunGard Futures Systems, which provided software and services to a variety of trading institutions, banks, futures brokerages, derivatives exchanges and clearing and settlement services providers.

Jonathan Dobres has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2020. Mr. Dobres currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer of HEIC II and HEIC III, each of which is a blank check company whose sponsor is an affiliate of Hudson Executive Capital. Additionally, Mr. Dobres is currently an investment professional at Hudson Executive Capital. Prior to joining Hudson Executive Capital, Mr. Dobres was a Managing Director of Flexis Capital LLC, a private equity firm concentrating on middle market investments. Additionally, Mr. Dobres has been a Vice President at P. Schoenfeld Asset Management, a multi-strategy hedge fund from April 2008 to

June 2009 and a Vice President in the Technology, Media & Telecommunications Investment Banking group at Bear, Stearns & Co. from August 2005 to April 2008. From August 2002 to August 2005, Mr. Dobres was an attorney in the financial services group at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP. He received his B.B.A. from Emory University in 1999 and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center in 2002.

Robert Greifeld is a director. Mr. Greifeld is currently the Chairman of Virtu Financial, a leading financial technology and trading firm, Managing Partner and Co-Founder at Cornerstone Investment Capital, a financial technology investment firm, and a Board Member at Capital Rock and Financeware. Mr. Greifeld previously served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Nasdaq from January 2017 until May 2017 and as a Chief Executive Officer of Nasdaq from 2003 to 2016. During his tenure, he quadrupled revenue and increased market value over 20 times. Prior to joining Nasdaq, Mr. Greifeld was an Executive Vice President with SunGard Data Systems and a District Manager for Unisys. Mr. Greifeld founded and chairs the USA Track & Field Foundation, which supports emerging athletes and inner-city youth athletics. Mr. Greifeld is a member of the NYU Stern Board of Overseers and a CNBC Contributor. Mr. Greifeld holds a Masters in Business from New York University, Stern School of Business, and a B.A. in English from Iona College.

Amy Schulman is a director. Ms. Schulman has been a managing partner at Polaris Partners, a healthcare and technology focused investment fund where she focuses on investments in healthcare companies, since August 2014. She also manages the LS Polaris Innovation Fund, which was formed in 2017 to accelerate the commercial and therapeutic potential of early-stage academic research. In addition, Ms. Schulman currently serves as a director of Cyclerion Therapeutics (Nasdaq: CYCN), Alnylam Pharmaceuticals (Nasdaq: ALNY), Dewpoint Therapeutics, Kallyope, Volastra, Fractyl Laboratories, Glympse Bio, Candesant, Cardurion, Thirty Madison and ByHeart. She currently serves as the executive chair of SQZ Biotech, as well as Lyndra Therapeutics, where she was co-founder and the company’s initial CEO. When she joined Polaris, she assumed the role of CEO of Arsia Therapeutics, a Polaris-backed company later acquired by Eagle Pharmaceuticals. Prior to joining Polaris, Ms. Schulman was the general counsel of Pfizer, president of Pfizer Nutrition. Ms. Schulman is currently a Senior Lecturer at Harvard Business School and has previously served as a director of Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Quentis Therapeutics, Suono Bio, BIND Therapeutics, Inc., Blue Buffalo Pet Products, Inc. and Olivo Laboratories. She is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Wesleyan University and earned her J.D. from Yale Law School in 1989.

Thelma Duggin is a director. Ms. Duggin has been the President of the AnBryce Foundation, which provides long-term academic and leadership enrichment programs to underserved youth, since May 2010. Prior to her role with the AnBryce Foundation, Ms. Duggin served as a Senior Vice President for the public sector line of business at UnitedHealth Group (NYSE: UNH) from 2002 to 2010. She spent more than 15 years with AmeriChoice, before they were acquired by UnitedHealth Group, in various senior management positions including CEO of its largest health plans, AmeriChoice of New York and AmeriChoice of New Jersey. Ms. Duggin is a Trustee of the Aspen Institute and a member of the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars Board of Trustees. Ms. Duggin is also secretary and board member of Somatus, a kidney disease care provider company. Ms. Duggin has been a Resident Fellow at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University and the General Management Program at Harvard Business School. She received her B.S. from Edgewood College and an honorary doctorate from Morris Brown College.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our Board of Directors consists of five members and is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Ms. Schulman and Mr. Greifeld, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. Braunstein and Ms. Duggin, will expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mr. Bergeron, will expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Subject to any other special rights applicable to our stockholders, any vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of the Board of Directors that includes any directors representing the sponsor then on the Board of Directors, or by a majority of the holders of our founder shares.

Our officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors, rather than for specific terms of office. The Board of Directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, Assistant Treasurers and such other offices as may be determined by our Board of Directors.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we pay an affiliate of our sponsor $10,000 per month for office space and secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made from (i) funds held outside the trust account or (ii) interest earned on the trust account and released to us to pay our taxes. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board of Directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board of Directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Both our audit committee and our compensation committee are composed solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that was approved by our Board of Directors and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Braunstein, Ms. Duggin and Ms. Schulman, and Mr. Braunstein serves as the chair of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board of Directors has determined that each member qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent, subject to the exception described below. Ms. Duggin and Ms. Schulman are independent. Because we listed our securities on Nasdaq in connection with our Initial Public Offering, we have until June 8, 2021, one year from the effective date of the registration statement related to our Initial Public Offering, to have our audit committee be comprised solely of independent members. We intend to identify one additional independent director to serve on the audit committee prior to June 8, 2021, at which time Mr. Braunstein will resign from the committee. We expect such additional director to enter into a letter agreement substantially similar to the letter agreement that was signed by our directors in connection with our Initial Public Offering.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the purpose and principal functions of the audit committee, including:

overseeing the independent auditor, including retention, assessment of independence, evaluation of quality and performance and oversight of the work of the independent auditor;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor financial statements and other financial disclosures;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor (i) the quality and integrity of the financial statements, (ii) before the issuance of the audit report, the financial statements and related notes and (iii) “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” proposed to be included in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, and annually preparing an audit committee report for inclusion where necessary in the proxy statement/prospectus relating to the annual meeting of stockholders and/or annual report of the Company;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the quarterly financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” proposed to be included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q;

discussing with management and the independent auditor and, prior to issuance, reviewing and approving the Company’s earnings releases, including the financial information, use of any “pro forma” or “adjusted” non-GAAP information, and earnings guidance (if such is provided) to be disclosed in such releases; and reviewing on a quarterly basis all payments made to the sponsor, officers or directors, or to the Company’s or their affiliates;

providing oversight of management’s design and maintenance of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the certifications and any related disclosures made by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in the Company’s periodic reports about the results of their evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, prior to the filing of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q;

reviewing with the independent auditor the responsibilities, budget, staffing, effectiveness and performance of the internal audit function, if any, including the structure, qualification and activities of the internal audit function and the scope of internal audit responsibilities in relation to the independent auditor’s duties;

establishing clear policies regarding the hiring of employees and former employees of the Company’s independent auditor;

reviewing and discussing with management, the head of the internal audit function, if any, and the independent auditor any significant risks or exposures and the Company’s policies and processes with respect to risk assessment, and assessing the steps management has taken to monitor and control such risks, except with respect to those risks for which oversight has been assigned to other committees of the Board or has been retained by the Board;

reviewing the Company’s annual disclosures concerning the role of the Board in the risk oversight of the Company;

reviewing and assessing with the chairman, co-chairman or co-executive chairman of the Board or outside counsel, as appropriate, legal and regulatory matters that may have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements;

reviewing and recommending for Board approval the code of business conduct and ethics and any other appropriate compliance policies, and reviewing requests for waivers under the code of business conduct and ethics sought with respect to any executive officer or director;

reviewing annually with the chairman, co- chairman or co-executive chairman of the Board or outside counsel, as appropriate, the scope, implementation and effectiveness of the ethics and compliance program, and any significant deviations by officers and employees from the code of business conduct and ethics or other compliance policies, and other matters pertaining to the integrity of management;

establishing “whistleblowing” procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by the Company’s employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

reviewing and approving the Company’s decision to enter into swaps and other derivative transactions that are exempt from exchange-execution and clearance requirements under “end-user exception” regulations, and reviewing and discussing with management applicable Company policies governing the Company’s use of swaps subject to the “end-user exception”;

reviewing and, if appropriate, approving or ratifying any related person transactions and other significant conflicts of interest, in each case in accordance with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics and related party transactions policy;

conducting an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the committee, including its effectiveness and compliance with its charter, and recommending to the Board such amendments of its charter as the committee deems appropriate; and

reporting regularly to the Board on committee findings and recommendations and any other matters the committee deems appropriate or the Board requests, and maintaining minutes or other records of committee meetings and activities.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Greifeld and Ms. Schulman and Mr. Greifeld serves as chairman of the compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors. Ms. Schulman and Mr. Greifeld are independent.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

establishing and reviewing the objectives of the Company’s management compensation programs and its basic compensation policies;

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, including annual and long-term performance goals and objectives;

reviewing and approving, subject to such further action of the Board as the Board shall determine, any employment, compensation, benefit or severance agreement with any executive officer;

evaluating at least annually the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers against corporate goals and objectives, including the annual performance objectives and, based on this evaluation, determining and approving, subject to such further action of the Board as the Board shall determine, the compensation (including any awards under any equity-based compensation or non-equity-based incentive compensation plan of the Company and any material perquisites) for the executive officers based on this evaluation;

determining and approving the compensation level (including any awards under any equity-based compensation or non-equity-based incentive compensation plan of the Company and any material perquisites) for other members of senior management of the Company as the committee or the Board may from time to time determine to be appropriate;

reviewing at least annually the compensation of other employees as the committee determines to be appropriate (including any awards under any equity-based compensation or non-equity-based incentive compensation plan of the Company and any material perquisites);

reviewing on a periodic basis the Company’s management compensation programs, including any management incentive compensation plans as well as plans and policies pertaining to perquisites, to determine whether they are appropriate, properly coordinated and achieve their intended purpose(s), and recommending to the Board any appropriate modifications or new plans, programs or policies;

reviewing, approving and recommending to the Board the adoption of any equity-based compensation plan for employees of, or consultants to, the Company and any modification of any such plan, and reviewing at least annually the awards made pursuant to such plans;

administering the Company’s equity-based compensation plans for employees of and consultants to the Company as provided by the terms of such plans, including authorizing all awards made pursuant to such plans;

reviewing, approving and recommending to the Board the adoption of any employee retirement plan, and other material employee benefit plan, and any material modification of any such plan;

reviewing at least annually (i) the Company’s compensation policies and practices for executives, management employees and employees generally to assess whether such policies and practices could

lead to excessive risk taking behavior and (ii) the manner in which any risks arising out of the Company’s compensation policies and practices are monitored and mitigated and adjustments necessary to address changes in the Company’s risk profile;

with respect to any compensation consultant who has been engaged to make determinations or recommendations on the amount or form of executive or director compensation: (i) annually, or from time to time as the committee deems appropriate, assessing whether the work of any such compensation consultant (whether retained by the compensation committee or management) has raised any conflicts of interest; and (ii) reviewing the engagement and the nature of any additional services provided by such compensation consultant to the committee or to management, as well as all remuneration provided to such consultant;

annually, or from time to time as the committee deems appropriate and, prior to retention of any advisers to the committee, assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal and other advisers to the committee, taking into consideration all relevant factors the committee deems appropriate to such adviser’s independence, including factors specified in the listing standards of Nasdaq;

reviewing and discussing with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis disclosure required by SEC regulations and determining whether to recommend to the Board, as part of a report of the committee to the Board, that such disclosure be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and any proxy statement/prospectus for the election of directors; as part of this review, the committee shall consider the results of the most recent stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation (“say-on-pay” vote) required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act;

at least every six years or more frequently as appropriate, recommending to the Board the frequency with which the Company will conduct a say-on- pay vote;

reviewing the form and amount of director compensation at least annually, and making recommendations thereon to the Board;

overseeing and monitoring other compensation related policies and practices of the Company, including: (i) the Company’s stock ownership guidelines for directors and executive officers; (ii) compliance by management with rules regarding equity-based compensation plans for employees and consultants pursuant to the terms of such plans, and the guidelines for issuance of awards as the Board or committee may establish; and (iii) the Company’s recoupment policy and procedures;

overseeing stockholder communications relating to executive compensation and reviewing and making recommendations with respect to stockholder proposals related to compensation matters;

conducting an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the committee, including its effectiveness and compliance with its charter, and recommending to the Board such amendments of its charter as the committee deems appropriate;

reporting regularly to the Board on committee findings and recommendations and any other matters the committee deems appropriate or the Board requests, and maintaining minutes or other records of committee meetings and activities;

from and after the completion of the Company’s initial business combination, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, annually reporting to the Board on succession planning, which shall include emergency Chief Executive Officer succession, Chief Executive Officer succession in the ordinary course and succession for other members of senior management, working with the entire Board to evaluate potential successors to the Chief Executive Officer; and

undertaking such other responsibilities or tasks as the Board may delegate or assign to the committee from time to time.

The compensation committee charter provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser.

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Mr. Greifeld, Ms. Schulman and Ms. Duggin. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The Board of Directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our Board of Directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our Board of Directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have previously filed a copy of our form of code of ethics and our audit committee charter as exhibits to the registration statement in connection with our Initial Public Offering. You can review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the code of ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our code of ethics by posting such information on our website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. These entities, including HEIC II and HEIC III, may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pursue an affiliated joint acquisition opportunity with one or more affiliates of Hudson Executive Capital and/or one or more investors in Hudson Executive Capital or one of its affiliates, to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such entity a class of equity or equity-linked securities. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form, or become an officer or director of, other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or pursue other business or investment ventures. In particular, affiliates of our sponsor currently sponsor other blank check companies: HEIC II and HEIC III. Mr. Braunstein, our President and Chairman of our Board of Directors, Mr. Bergeron, our Chief Executive Officer and a director and Mr. Dobres, our Chief Financial Officer, each serve in the same capacities for each of the foregoing companies. In addition, Ms. Schulman, our director, also serves as a director of HEIC II. HEIC II or HEIC III and any other special purpose acquisition companies that our sponsor, officers or directors may sponsor or form may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target in the event that the Proposed Business Combination is not consumated. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with HEIC II and HEIC III would materially affect our ability to complete an initial business combination. While we expect that the determination of whether to present a particular business opportunity to us or to another blank check company affiliated with our sponsor will be made based on the amount of capital needed to consummate such business opportunity and the size of the relevant blank check company and, if applicable, the focus of the relevant blank check company, such determination will be made by our sponsor and our directors and officers in their sole discretion, subject to their applicable fiduciary duties.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

Individual

Entity

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Douglas G. BergeronHudson Executive Capital LPInvestment ManagerManaging Partner
HEC Management GP LLCInvestment ManagerManaging Partner
DGB InvestmentsDiversified holding companyFounder
USA Technologies, Inc.Automated retailChairman of the Board
United Language GroupLanguage translation/
interpretation
Chairman of the Board
Pipeworks StudiosVideo game developerDirector
Renters WarehouseProperty management/
investment
Director

Individual

Entity

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

HEIC IIBlank check companyChief Executive Officer and Director
HEIC IIIBlank check companyChief Executive Officer and Director
Douglas L. BraunsteinHudson Executive Capital LPInvestment ManagerManaging Partner
HEC Management GP LLCInvestment ManagerManaging Partner
USA Technologies, Inc.Automated retailDirector
Cardtronics plc.Automated consumer
financial services
Director
HEIC IIBlank check companyPresident, Chairman and Director
HEIC IIIBlank check companyPresident, Chairman and Director
Jonathan DobresHudson Executive Capital LPInvestment ManagerInvestment Professional
HEIC IIBlank check companyChief Financial Officer
HEIC IIIBlank check companyChief Financial Officer
Thelma DugginAnBryce FoundationPhilanthropyPresident
Robert GreifeldVirtu FinancialFinancial ServicesChairman
Cornerstone Investment CapitalFinance TechnologyManaging Partner
Capital RockFinancial ServicesDirector
FinancewareWealth ManagementDirector
Amy SchulmanHEIC IIBlank check companyDirector
SQZ BiotechBiotechnologyExecutive Chair
Lyndra TherapeuticsBiotechnologyExecutive Chair
Polaris PartnersInvestment ManagerManaging Partner
Cyclerion TherapeuticsBiopharmaceuticalsDirector
Alnylam PharmaceuticalsTherapeuticsDirector
Dewpoint TherapeuticsTherapeuticsDirector
KallyopeBiotechnologyDirector
VolastraBiotechnologyDirector
Fractyl LaboratoriesBiotechnologyDirector
Glympse BioBiotechnologyDirector
CandesantBiotechnologyDirector
CardurionBiotechnologyDirector
Thirty MadisonHealthcareDirector
ByHeartInfant NutritionDirector

In addition:

In the course of their other business activities, our directors and officers may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated, including HEIC II and HEIC III. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our founders purchased founder shares prior to the date of our Initial Public Offering and purchased Private Placement Warrants in a transaction that closed simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. Our founders have entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they hold in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. The other members of our management team have entered into agreements similar to the ones entered into by our founders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after our Initial Public Offering. Additionally, our founders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. Furthermore, our founders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their common stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from such lockup. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own common stock or warrants directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to such proposed business combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, that such initial business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. We pay an affiliate of our sponsor $10,000 per month for office space and secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team.

It is not assured that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our founders have agreed to vote their founder shares, and they and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares they hold and any shares purchased during or after our Initial Public Offering in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors. Except with respect to any public shares acquired in our Initial Public Offering or thereafter (in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination), our officers and directors have agreed to waive (and any other persons who may become an officer or director prior to the initial business combination will also be required to waive) any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and not to seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever, including with respect to such indemnification.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. We pay an affiliate of our sponsor $10,000 per month for office space and secretarial and administrative services provided to members of our management team. In addition, our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made from (i) funds held outside the trust account or (ii) interest earned on the trust account and released to us to pay our taxes. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or

members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board of Directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board of Directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our executive officers, directors and director nominees; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our common stock beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
   Approximate Percentage of
Outstanding Common Stock
 
  Before Initial
Public
Offering
  After Initial
Public

Offering
 

HEC Sponsor LLC (our sponsor)(3)

   10,300,000    99.5  20.0

Douglas L. Braunstein(3)

   —      —     —   

Douglas G. Bergeron(3)

   —      —     —   

Jonathan Dobres

   —      —     —   

Thelma Duggin

   25,000    *   * 

Robert Greifeld

   —      —     —   

Amy Schulman

   25,000    *   * 

All officers, directors and director nominees as a group (five individuals)

   50,000    *   * 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following is 570 Lexington Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B common stock. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock concurrently with or immediately following the

consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. Excludes Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, as such shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination.
(3)

Our sponsor is the record holder of the shares reported herein. HEC Fund and Messrs. Braunstein and Bergeron are among the members of the sponsor and share voting and investment discretion with respect to the common stock held of record by the sponsor. Each of the Messrs. Braunstein and Bergeron disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the sponsor other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. Certain other members of our management team and Hudson Executive Capital’s network are also among members of the sponsor and may be entitled to distributions of founder shares and Private Placement Warrants held by the sponsor.

Our founders beneficially own 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because of this ownership block, our founders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $10,280,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of Initial Public Offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from our Initial Public Offering to be held in the trust account such that $414,000,000 was held in the trust account at the closing of our Initial Public Offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing date of our Initial Public Offering, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will not be redeemable by us for cash so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. The initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants, or their permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in our Initial Public Offering. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants sold as part of the units in our Initial Public Offering.

In addition, in connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement with HEC Fund. Pursuant to the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, HEC Fund agreed to purchase 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Units (each Forward Purchase Unit consisting of one forward purchase share and one forward purchase warrant), for $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate amount of $25,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of the Proposed Business Combination. HEC Fund also agreed to backstop up to $25,000,000 of redemptions by our stockholders. The forward purchase shares will be identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units sold in our Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to transfer restrictions and will be provided registration rights. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as the Private Placement Warrants issued to the sponsor in connection with our Initial Public Offering so long as they are held by HEC Fund or its permitted assignees and transferees.

Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” below for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of our Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0029 per share. On June 8, 2020, we effected a

1:1.2 stock split of our Class B common stock, resulting in an aggregate of 10,350,000 founder shares issued and outstanding, of which 10,300,000 founder shares are held by our sponsor and 50,000 founder shares are held by our directors. The number of founder shares issued was based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of our Initial Public Offering.

Our sponsor also purchased an aggregate of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants for a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. As such, our sponsor‘s interest in our Initial Public Offering was valued at $10,280,000, based on the number of Private Placement Warrants purchased. Each Private Placement Warrants entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment.

Our sponsor loaned us an aggregate of $300,000 to cover expenses related to our Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2020 or the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note was repaid on June 12, 2020.

We entered into a forward purchase agreement with HEC Fund pursuant to which HEC Fund had committed to purchase from us up to 5,000,000 Forward Purchase Units, consisting of one share of our post-business combination entity‘s common stock and one-half of one warrant to purchase one share of our post-business combination entity’s common stock for $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate amount of up to $50,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of a business combination. In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement between us and HEC Fund, which amended the forward purchase agreement entered into in connection with our Initial Public Offering. Pursuant to the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement HEC Fund agreed to purchase 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Units, for $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of the Proposed Business Combination. HEC Fund also agreed to backstop up to $25,000,000 of redemptions by our stockholders.

Each of the insiders has an indirect economic interest in the founder shares and private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor as a result of his or her membership interest in our sponsor. In addition, Douglas Braunstein and Douglas Bergeron may be deemed to have an indirect economic interest in the founder shares and private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor as a result of HEC Fund, having membership interests in our sponsor, and their respective affiliation with such entities.

We entered into an administrative services agreement pursuant to which we pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space and administrative and support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

In addition, in order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that an initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

Our sponsor, officers and directors or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as paying for office space, secretarial and administrative services, identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, officers, directors or its or any of their respective affiliates and determines which expenses

and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us, if any, may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive officer and director compensation.

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we, the insiders and Talkspace entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement pursuant to which the insiders agreed to, among other things, vote to adopt and approve the Merger Agreement and the Transactions, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Support Agreement.

Concurrently with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which the holders of the founder shares, the Private Placement Warrants, the forward purchase warrants purchased in connection with our Initial Public Offering and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of any working capital loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of such Private Placement Warrants, forward purchase warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of any such working capital loans and upon conversion of the founder shares) are entitled to registration rights, requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the founder shares, only after conversion to shares of Class A common stock). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

At the closing of the Proposed Business Combination, we, our sponsor, Talkspace’s independent directors, certain former stockholders of Talkspace and certain other parties thereto will enter into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which we will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain shares of Talkspace, Inc. common stock and other equity securities of the Company that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

For additional information regarding transactions entered into in connection with the Proposed Business Combination, see “Item 1—Business—Recent Developments.”

Related Party Policy

We had not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions as of the completion of our Initial Public Offering. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

We have adopted a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our Board of Directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the Company.

Director Independence

The rules of the Nasdaq require that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent within one year of our Initial Public Offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an executive

officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which in the opinion of the Board of Directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Mr. Greifeld, Ms. Schulman and Ms. Duggin is an independent director under applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The firm of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, or Withum, acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, fees for our independent registered public accounting firm were approximately $119,500, for the services Withum performed in connection with our Initial Public Offering and the audit of our December 31, 2020 financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Audit-Related Fees. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

Tax Fees. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render services to us for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, there were no fees billed for products and services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our Board of Directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1)

Financial Statements:

Page

ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

57

Consolidated Balance SheetSheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

F-3

60

StatementConsolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

F-4

61

StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

F-5

62

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

F-6

63

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules:64

None.

(3)

Exhibits

We hereby file as part56


Table of this report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

Exhibit
Number

Description

    1.1Underwriting Agreement, dated June 8, 2020, by and among the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).Contents
    2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on January 13, 2021).
    3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
    3.2Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (included as Annex B to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the registrant on February 2, 2021).
    3.3Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
    4.1Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
    4.2Specimen Class  A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
    4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
    4.4Warrant Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and among the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
    4.5Description of Securities*

Exhibit
Number

Description

  10.1Promissory Note, dated February  6, 2020, issued to HEC Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
  10.2Letter Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and among the Company, its executive officers, its directors and HEC Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.3Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated June 8, 2020, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.4Registration Rights Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and among the Company, HEC Sponsor LLC and the other holders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.5Subscription Agreement, dated February 6, 2020, by and between the Company and HEC Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.7 filed with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
  10.6Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and among the Company and HEC Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.7Administrative Services Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and between the Company and HEC Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.8HEC Forward Purchase Agreement, dated June  8, 2020, by and between the Company and HEC Master Fund LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant on June 11, 2020).
  10.9Sponsor Support Agreement, dated January 12, 2021, by and among HEC Sponsor LLC, the Company, each director of the registrant and Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (d/b/a Talkspace) (included as Annex I to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the registrant on February 2, 2021).
  10.10Talkspace Holders Support Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2021, by and among the Company, Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (d/b/a Talkspace) and the persons set forth on Schedule 1 thereto (included as Annex E to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the registrant on February 2, 2021).
  10.11Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2021, by and between the Company and the undersigned subscriber party thereto (included as Annex F to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the registrant on February 2, 2021).
  10.12Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Talkspace, Inc., HEC Sponsor LLC, certain former stockholders of Talkspace and the other parties thereto (included as Annex D to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the registrant on February 2, 2021).
  10.13Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the registrant on May 21, 2020).
  10.14Amendment No. 1 to Forward Purchase Agreement between the Company and HEC Master Fund LP (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2021).

Exhibit
Number

Description

  24.1Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page hereto).*
  31.1Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
  31.2Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
  32.1Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
  32.2Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* Filed herewith.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.
Date: March 29, 2021/s/ Douglas G. Bergeron
Name:Douglas G. Bergeron
Title:

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Douglas G. Bergeron and each or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Douglas G. Bergeron

Douglas G. Bergeron

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 29, 2021

/s/ Douglas L. Braunstein

Douglas L. Braunstein

President, Chairman and Director

March 29, 2021

/s/ Jonathan Dobres

Jonathan Dobres

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 29, 2021

/s/ Thelma Duggin

Thelma Duggin

Director

March 29, 2021

/s/ Robert Greifield

Robert Greifield

Director

March 29, 2021

/s/ Amy Schulman

Amy Schulman

Director

March 29, 2021

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

F-3

Balance Sheet

F-3

Statement of Operations

F-4

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

F-5

Statement of Cash Flows

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

F-7

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the StockholdersShareholders and the Board of Directors of Talkspace, Inc.

Hudson Executive Investment Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Hudson Executive Investment Corp.Talkspace Inc. (the “Company”),Company) as of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as ofat December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the United Statesstandards of America.the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 13, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The liquidity condition raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement,statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.

Estimation of transaction price and variable consideration for revenue recognition

Description of the Matter

As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenues from contracted insurance payors and employee assistance organizations ("Payor") at a point in time based on contracted rates, net of implicit price concessions, as virtual therapy or psychiatry session is rendered ("payor revenues"). The Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that is included in the transaction price mainly by estimating claims denials by insurance payor, primarily based on actual historical collection experience by insurance payor. For the year ended December 31, 2023, payor revenues were $80.8 million.

Auditing management's determination of transaction price including variable consideration was complex and judgmental due to significant data inputs and subjective assumptions utilized in the process. In determining transaction price, management develops estimates based on actual historical collection experience by insurance payor.

57


How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

To test the estimate of variable consideration, our audit procedures also included, among others, assessing the methodology used and testing the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We compared the collection rates used by management to historical collection trends and evaluated whether changes in the Company’s business model, payors mix, and other factors would affect the estimate of variable consideration. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimate and performed sensitivity analyses to evaluate the changes in variable consideration that would result from changes in the expected collection rates used and the corresponding effect on revenues.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCKost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

A Member of EY Global

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.2014.

New York, New YorkTel-Aviv, Israel

March 18, 202113, 2024

58


Table of Contents

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

BALANCE SHEETTo the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Talkspace, Inc.

DECEMBEROpinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Talkspace Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020

ASSETS

  

Current assets

  

Cash

  $1,178,377 

Prepaid expenses

   118,525 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   1,296,902 

Marketable securities held in trust account

   414,228,281 
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $415,525,183 
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities

  

Accrued expenses

  $1,631,390 

Income taxes payable

   10,070 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   1,641,460 
  

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   14,490,000 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   16,131,460 
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 39,439,372 shares at $10.00 per share redemption value

   394,393,720 

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

   —   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 380,000,000 shares authorized; 1,960,628 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 39,439,372 shares subject to possible redemption)

   196 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 10,350,000 shares issued and outstanding

   1,035 

Additional paid-in capital

   6,556,867 

Accumulated deficit

   (1,558,095
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   5,000,003 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $415,525,183 
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of these financial statements.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 6, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

General and administrative expenses

  $1,776,306 
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (1,776,306

Other income:

  

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

   228,281 
  

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   (1,548,025

Provision for income taxes

   (10,070
  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(1,558,095
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable common stock

   41,400,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted income per share, Class A redeemable common stock

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable common stock

   10,350,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B non-redeemable common stock

  $(0.15
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 6, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-in Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 

Balance – February 6, 2020 (Inception)

  —    $—     —    $—    $—    $—    $—   

Issuance of Class B common stock to initial stockholders

  —     —     10,350,000   1,035   23,965   —     25,000 

Sale of 41,400,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts

  41,400,000   4,140   —     —     390,642,678   —     390,646,818 

Sale of 10,280,000 Private Placement Units

  —     —     —     —     10,280,000   —     10,280,000 

Common stock subject to possible redemption

  (39,439,372  (3,944  —     —     (394,389,776  —     (394,393,720

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (1,558,095  (1,558,095
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

  1,960,628  $196   10,350,000  $1,035  $6,556,867  $(1,558,095 $5,000,003 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 6, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(1,558,095

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

   (228,281

Formation costs paid by Sponsor

   2,125 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses

   (118,525

Accrued expenses

   1,631,390 

Income taxes payable

   10,070 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (261,316
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Investment of cash into Trust Account

   (414,000,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (414,000,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

   405,720,000 

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Units

   10,280,000 

Proceeds from promissory note – related party

   100 

Repayment of promissory note – related party

   (129,706

Payment of offering costs

   (430,701
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   415,439,693 
  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

   1,178,377 

Cash – Beginning of period

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash – End of period

  $1,178,377 
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash financing activities:

  

Initial classification of common stock subject to possible redemption

  $395,946,830 
  

 

 

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

  $(1,553,110
  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs paid directly by Sponsor in consideration for the issuance of Class B common stock

  $25,000 
  

 

 

 

Payment of offering costs through promissory note — related party

  $127,481 
  

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

  $14,490,000 
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Hudson Executive Investment Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on February 6, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to allSponsoring Organizations of the risks associatedTreadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Talkspace Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with early stagethe standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Talkspace Inc. as of December 31, 2023 and emerging growth companies.

All activity2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020 relates2023, and the related notes and our report dated March 13, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s formation, its initialinternal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, identifying a target company for a Business Combination, and activities in connectionaccounting firm registered with the proposed acquisition of GROOP Internet Platform, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Talkspace”) (see Note 6). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company has two subsidiaries, Tailwind Merger Sub I, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in Delaware on January 18, 2021 (“Merger Sub 1”)PCAOB and Tailwind Merger Sub II, LLC, a wholly -owned subsidiary of the Company also incorporated in Delaware on January 18, 2021 (“Merger Sub 2”).

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on June 8, 2020. On June 11, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 41,400,000 units (the “Units” and,are required to be independent with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 5,400,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $414,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 10,280,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, in a private placement to HEC Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $10,280,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $23,353,182, consisting of $8,280,000 of underwriting fees, $14,490,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $583,182 of other offering costs. At December 31, 2020, cash of $1,178,377 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for working capital purposes.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on June 11, 2020, an amount of $414,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) which was invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into an initial

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of the Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors (the “initial stockholders”) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or don’t vote at all.

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The initial stockholders have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The Company will have until June 11, 2022 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The initial stockholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial stockholders acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $1,178,377 in its operating bank accounts, $414,228,281 in securities held in the Trust Account to be used for a Business Combination or to repurchase or redeem its common stock in connection therewith and working capital deficit of $344,558.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The Company intends to complete a Business Combination as further discussed in Note 6. However, in the absence of a completed Business Combination, the Company may require additional capital. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, suspending the pursuit of a Business Combination. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” the Company has determined thatU.S. federal securities laws and the liquidity condition of the Company raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern through one year from the issuance date of the financial statements. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosureapplicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).and the PCAOB.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as definedWe conducted our audit in Section 2(a)accordance with the standards of the Securities Act,PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as modified bywe considered necessary in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Actcircumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”),Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and it may take advantagethe preparation of certain exemptions from variousfinancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting requirementsincludes those policies and procedures that are applicable(1) pertain to other public companiesthe maintenance of records that, are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply within reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404transactions and dispositions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1)assets of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being requiredcompany; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

Thepermit preparation of financial statements in conformityaccordance with GAAP requires management to make estimatesgenerally accepted accounting principles, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assetsreceipts and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

liabilities at the dateexpenditures of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemptioncompany are being made only in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as a liability instrumentauthorizations of management and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that is either within the controldirectors of the holdercompany; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or subject to redemption upon the occurrencetimely detection of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outsideunauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, there are 39,439,372 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offeringcompany’s assets that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $23,353,182 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 30,980,000 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statements of operations includes a presentation of loss per share for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of loss per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account less franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

   For the Period
From February 6,
2020 (inception)
Through
December 31, 2020
 

Redeemable Class A Common Stock

  

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Common Stock

  

Interest Income

  $228,281 

Income and Franchise Tax

   (190,398
  

 

 

 

Net Earnings

  $37,883 

Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Common Stock

  

Redeemable Class A Common Stock, Basic and Diluted

   41,400,000 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A

  $—   

Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock

  

Numerator: Net Income (Loss) minus Redeemable Net Earnings

  

Net Income (Loss)

  $(1,558,095

Lees: Redeemable Net Earnings

   (37,883
  

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Net Loss

  $(1,595,978

Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class A and B Common Stock

  

Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock, Basic and Diluted

   10,350,000 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B

  $(0.15

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 41,400,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 5,400,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $10,280,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In February 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering costs of the Company in consideration of 8,625,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate price of $25,000. On May 20, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to Amy Schulman, a director, and on June 3, 2020 the Sponsor transferred 25,000 shares to Thelma Duggin, a director, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 8,575,000 Founder Shares. On June 8, 2020, the Company effected a 1:1.2 stock splitBecause of its Class B common stock, resulting an aggregate of 10,350,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding, of which 10,300,000 Founder Shares are held by the Sponsor and 50,000 Founder Shares are held by the directors. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions,inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not to transfer, assignprevent or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date following the completion of a Business Combination on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Promissory Note – Related Party

On February 6, 2020, the Company issued the Promissory Note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2020 or the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance of $129,706 under the Promissory Note was repaid on June 12, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2020, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on June 8, 2020 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, the Company will pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $70,000 in fees for these services. As of December 31, 2020, $70,000 is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet.

Forward Purchase Agreement

The Company entered into a forward purchase agreement with HEC Master Fund LP (“HEC Master”) pursuant to which HEC Master has committed to purchase from the Company up to 5,000,000 forward purchase units (the “Forward Purchase Units”), consisting of one share of Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase Shares”) and one-half of one warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase Warrants” and together with the Forward Purchase Units and the Forward Purchase Shares, the “Forward

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Purchase Securities”), for $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate amount of up to $50,000,000, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The proceeds from the sale of these Forward Purchase Units, together with the amounts available to the Company from the Trust Account (after giving effect to any redemptions of Public Shares) and any other equity or debt financing obtained by the Company in connection with the Business Combination, will be used to satisfy the cash requirements of the Business Combination, including funding the purchase price and paying expenses and retaining specified amounts to be used by the post-Business Combination company for working capital or other purposes. To the extent that the amounts available from the Trust Account and other financing are sufficient for such cash requirements, HEC Master may purchase less than 5,000,000 Forward Purchase Units. In addition, HEC Master’s commitment under the forward purchase agreement will be subject to approval, prior to the Company entering into a definitive agreement for the initial Business Combination, of its investment committee. Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, HEC Master will have the option to assign its commitment to one of its affiliates and up to $2,500,000 to members of the Company’s management team. The Forward Purchase Shares will be identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to transfer restrictions and registration rights. The Forward Purchase Warrants will have the same terms as the Private Placement Warrants so long as they are held by HEC Master or its permitted assignees and transferees.

In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement, the Company and HEC Master amended the Forward Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the First Amendment to the Forward Purchase Agreement, dated January 12, 2021, HEC Master’s purchase obligations were amended such that HEC Master is obligated to purchase 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Units and backstop up to $25,000,000 of redemptions by HEC stockholders through the purchase of additional Forward Purchase Units, in each case valued at $10.00 per Forward Purchase Unit, in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on June 8, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants, Forward Purchase Securities and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, Forward Purchase Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights, requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to shares of Class A common stock). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filingdetect misstatements. Also, projections of any such registration statements.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discountevaluation of $0.20 per Unit, or $8,280,000 in the aggregate. In addition, the underwriterseffectiveness to future periods are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $14,490,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters in the event that the Company fails to complete a Business Combination, subject to the termsrisk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

A Member of EY Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel

March 13, 2024

59


TALKSPACE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

123,908

 

 

$

138,545

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

10,174

 

 

 

9,640

 

Other current assets

 

 

5,718

 

 

 

4,372

 

Total current assets

 

 

139,800

 

 

 

152,557

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

314

 

 

 

677

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,786

 

 

 

2,529

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

321

 

 

 

491

 

Total assets

 

$

142,221

 

 

$

156,254

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

6,111

 

 

$

6,461

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

3,069

 

 

 

4,355

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

12,468

 

 

 

16,502

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

21,648

 

 

 

27,318

 

Warrant liabilities

 

 

1,842

 

 

 

939

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

85

 

 

 

461

 

Total liabilities

 

 

23,575

 

 

 

28,718

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock of $0.0001 par value — Authorized: 1,000,000,000 shares at December 31, 2023 and 2022; Issued and outstanding: 168,428,856 and 161,155,030 shares at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

389,014

 

 

 

378,722

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(270,384

)

 

 

(251,202

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

118,646

 

 

 

127,536

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

142,221

 

 

$

156,254

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the underwriting agreement.consolidated financial statements.

60


TALKSPACE, INC.

Merger AgreementCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

On January 12, 2021,U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Revenues

 

$

150,045

 

 

$

119,567

 

 

$

113,671

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

75,665

 

 

 

59,229

 

 

 

46,899

 

Gross profit

 

 

74,380

 

 

 

60,338

 

 

 

66,772

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development, net

 

 

17,571

 

 

 

21,659

 

 

 

15,919

 

Clinical operations, net

 

 

6,159

 

 

 

6,591

 

 

 

9,365

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

52,544

 

 

 

72,842

 

 

 

100,641

 

General and administrative

 

 

21,315

 

 

 

36,270

 

 

 

34,770

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

6,134

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

97,589

 

 

 

143,496

 

 

 

160,695

 

Operating loss

 

 

(23,209

)

 

 

(83,158

)

 

 

(93,923

)

Financial (income), net

 

 

(4,245

)

 

 

(3,740

)

 

 

(31,228

)

Loss before taxes on income

 

 

(18,964

)

 

 

(79,418

)

 

 

(62,695

)

Taxes on income

 

 

218

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

47

 

Net loss

 

$

(19,182

)

 

$

(79,672

)

 

$

(62,742

)

Net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.72

)

Weighted average number of common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

165,039,920

 

 

 

156,885,256

 

 

 

86,775,948

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

61


TALKSPACE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

 

Accumulated
deficit

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of January 1, 2021

 

 

94,582,550

 

 

$

111,282

 

 

 

 

13,413,431

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

9,889

 

 

$

(108,788

)

 

$

(98,898

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,627,127

 

 

*

 

 

 

2,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,098

 

Restricted stock units vested, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

282,415

 

 

*

 

 

 

(491

)

 

 

 

 

 

(491

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,405

 

Issuance of warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

Common stock issued related to exercise of warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98,871

 

 

*

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

 

 

 

609

 

Acquisition of warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,945

 

Preferred stock conversion

 

 

(94,582,550

)

 

 

(111,282

)

 

 

 

94,582,550

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

111,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

111,282

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with
Business Combination and PIPE offering, net of
issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,858,053

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

184,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

184,940

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62,742

)

 

 

(62,742

)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,862,447

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

363,788

 

 

 

(171,530

)

 

 

192,273

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,331,634

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,181

 

Restricted stock units vested, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,960,949

 

 

*

 

 

 

(362

)

 

 

 

 

 

(362

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,116

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(79,672

)

 

 

(79,672

)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161,155,030

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

378,722

 

 

 

(251,202

)

 

 

127,536

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,592,195

 

 

*

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,707

 

Restricted stock units vested, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,681,631

 

 

*

 

 

 

(810

)

 

 

 

 

 

(810

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,395

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,182

)

 

 

(19,182

)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

168,428,856

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

389,014

 

 

$

(270,384

)

 

$

118,646

 

* Represents an amount lower than $1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

62


TALKSPACE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(19,182

)

 

$

(79,672

)

 

$

(62,742

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,196

 

 

 

1,357

 

 

 

1,973

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

8,395

 

 

 

12,116

 

 

 

27,405

 

Remeasurement of warrant liabilities

 

 

903

 

 

 

(3,131

)

 

 

(31,784

)

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

6,134

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

 

 

(534

)

 

 

(4,126

)

 

 

402

 

(Increase) decrease in other current assets

 

 

(1,346

)

 

 

5,080

 

 

 

(8,053

)

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

 

 

(350

)

 

 

(968

)

 

 

503

 

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenues

 

 

(1,286

)

 

 

(2,831

)

 

 

2,014

 

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

(4,034

)

 

 

4,862

 

 

 

4,396

 

Other

 

 

(155

)

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(16,393

)

 

 

(61,077

)

 

 

(65,711

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(151

)

 

 

(350

)

 

 

(663

)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

 

 

10

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(317

)

 

 

(663

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Payments) proceeds from reverse capitalization, net of transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

(645

)

 

 

249,334

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

3,181

 

 

 

2,098

 

Payments for employee taxes withheld related to vested stock-based awards

 

 

(810

)

 

 

(853

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

Repayment of borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,000

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,897

 

 

 

1,683

 

 

 

251,382

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(14,637

)

 

 

(59,711

)

 

 

185,008

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

 

138,545

 

 

 

198,256

 

 

 

13,248

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

$

123,908

 

 

$

138,545

 

 

$

198,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

 

 

$

68

 

 

$

538

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

 

$

219

 

 

$

122

 

 

$

 

Non-cash investing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

 

$

 

 

$

466

 

 

$

 

Non-cash financing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee taxes withheld related to restricted stock units vested

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

491

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

111,282

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

63


TALKSPACE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Talkspace, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Talkspace”) is a leading behavioral healthcare company enabled by a purpose-built technology platform. Talkspace provides individuals and licensed therapists, psychologists and psychiatrists with an online platform for one-on-one therapy delivered via messaging, audio and video. The Company offers convenient and affordable access to a fully credentialed network of highly qualified providers. Since its inception, the Company has connected millions of patients with licensed behavioral health providers across a wide and growing spectrum of care through virtual counseling, psychotherapy, and psychiatry.

Talkspace was originally incorporated as Hudson Executive Investment Corp. (“HEC”), a special purpose acquisition company, for the purpose of entering into a business combination with one or more businesses or entities. On January 12, 2021, HEC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 12, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among HEC,, with Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (“Old Talkspace”), Tailwind Merger Sub I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HEC (“First Merger Sub”), and Tailwind Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of HEC (“Second Merger Sub”) and GROOP Internet Platform, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Talkspace”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the parties thereto will enter into a business combination transaction (the “Business Combination”) by which, (i) First Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company with the Company being the surviving corporation in the merger (the “First Merger”) and (ii) Second Merger Sub will merge with and into the surviving corporation with Second Merger Sub being the surviving entity in the merger (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to On June 22, 2021, as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, First Merger Sub merged with and into Old Talkspace (the “First Merger”) with Old Talkspace surviving the “Transactions”First Merger, and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Old Talkspace merged with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of HEC. The Company refers to this transaction as the Business Combination. In connection with the Business Combination, HEC filed the Certificate of Incorporation and changed its name to “Talkspace, Inc.”

The Company's principal executive office is located in New York, NY. The Company's subsidiaries are Talkspace LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary Talkspace Network LLC, and Groop Internet Platform LTD. In addition, the Company holds a variable interest in one professional association and eight professional corporations, which have been established pursuant to the requirements of their respective domestic jurisdiction governing the corporate practice of medicine. See Note 12, “Variable Interest Entities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In management’s opinion, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, together with amounts disclosed in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s significant estimates and assumptions used in these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation awards and the closingfair value of warrant liabilities. The Company bases its estimates on historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. The Company evaluates its assumptions on an ongoing basis. The Company's management believes that the estimates, judgments, and assumptions used are reasonable based on the information available at the time they are made. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information, therefore, actual results could be materially different from these estimates.

Consolidation

The Company consolidates all subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial interest, as well as any VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the preparation of the Transactions,consolidated financial statements.

64


Operating Segments

The Company operates its business as a single segment and as one reporting unit, which is how the “Closing”).chief operating decision maker, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial performance and allocates resources.

Financial statements in U.S. dollars

Pursuant to the termsThe majority of the Merger Agreement, atCompany’s operations are based in the effective timeUnited States. Most of the Merger:

(a)

All shares of common stock and preferred stock of the Company and all vested options exercisable for common stock of the Company, in each case, outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the First Merger, will be cancelled in exchange for the right to receive, at the election of the holders thereof, a number of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of HEC (“HEC Common Stock”) or a combination of shares of HEC Common Stock and cash, in each case, as adjusted pursuant to the Merger Agreement, which in the aggregate with the options to acquire common stock of the Company to be assumed by HEC in exchange for options to acquire HEC Common Stock, will equal to the Merger Consideration;

(b)

The maximum amount of cash (the “Closing Cash Consideration”Company’s revenues and costs are denominated in United States dollars (“dollar”). The Company’s management believes that may be paid to pre-closing holders of the Company’s stock and vested options pursuant to the foregoing is equal to (i) the amount of cash held by HEC in its trust account (after reduction for the aggregate amount of cash payable in respect of any HEC stockholder redemptions), plus (ii) the amounts received by HEC upon consummation of the PIPE Investment and the transactions contemplated under the HEC Forward Purchase Agreement (each as defined below), minus (iii) $250,000,000, minus (iv) the transaction expenses of the parties to the Merger Agreement;

(c)

The maximum number of shares of HEC Common Stock that may be issued to pre-closing holders of the Company’s stock and options, including HEC Common Shares underlying any assumed options, pursuant to the foregoing is equal to a number determined dividing (a) (i) the Merger Consideration minus (ii) the Closing Cash Consideration, minus (iii) the Sponsor Share Amount, minus (iv) the transaction expenses of the parties to the Merger Agreement, by (b) $10.00

Additionally, on January 12, 2021, concurrently with the executiondollar is the primary currency of the Merger Agreement, HEC entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Investors”), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions ofeconomic environment in which the PIPE InvestorsCompany and each of its subsidiaries operate. Thus, the dollar is the Company’s functional and reporting currency.

Accordingly, non-dollar denominated transactions and balances have collectively subscribed for 30,000,000 shares of HEC Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $300 million (the “PIPE Investment”). The PIPE Investment will be consummated substantially concurrently withbeen re-measured into the Closing. The Subscription Agreements will terminate with no further force and effect upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the termination of the Merger Agreementfunctional currency in accordance with its terms, (ii)ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. These transactions were not material for the mutual written agreementyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash, with original maturities of the parties to such Subscription Agreement, (iii) the failure to satisfy any of the closing conditions set forth in such Subscription Agreements by the closing date,three months or (iv) the failure to close within seven months fromless at the date acquired. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents generally consist of signing.bank deposits and investments in money market funds.

The parties toCompany’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in major banks in the Merger Agreement have made customary representations, warrantiesUnited States. Generally, these cash and covenants, including, among others,cash equivalents and deposits may be redeemed upon demand. The Company deposits may exceed federally insured limits, however management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents are institutions with high credit standing, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these assets.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the conductstraight-line method over the average useful lives of the businessesassets. The following table presents the average useful life used for the Company's fixed assets:

Average Useful Life (years)

Computers and software

3

Furniture and equipment

5

Property and equipment, net was immaterial as of TalkspaceDecember 31, 2023 and HEC during2022 and the period between executionrelated depreciation expense was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Internal-use Software

In accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software, the Company capitalizes certain internal use software development costs associated with creating and enhancing internally developed software related to its platform. Software development activities generally consist of three stages (i) the preliminary project stage, (ii) the application development stage, and (iii) the post-implementation stage. Costs incurred in the preliminary project stage and post-implementation stage of software development, or maintenance and development expenses that do not meet the qualification for capitalization are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the application development stage are capitalized. The costs of significant upgrades and enhancements are capitalized, according to the criteria for each project stage discussed above, if it is probable that the expenditure will result in additional functionality. Additional functionality means that the software modifications enable the software to perform tasks that it previously was not capable of performing. Capitalized costs include employee-related costs, inclusive of non-cash stock compensation expense for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to software projects. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the Business Combination Agreementsoftware. Capitalized costs for internal-use software were immaterial for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2022.

65


Table of Contents

Leases

The Company accounts for its leases in accordance with ASC 842, "Leases". The right-of-use ("ROU") asset represents the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and the consummationlease liability represents an obligation to make payments based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses incremental borrowing rates based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the Business Combination.lease payments at commencement date. The lease term includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain these will be exercised.

Legal ProceedingsThe Company has elected not to record operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. The Company also elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for its leases. The Company's lease assets and liabilities were immaterial as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Goodwill

On February 10, 2021, two purported shareholdersGoodwill reflects the excess of the consideration transferred, including the fair value of any contingent consideration and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, over the assigned fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, and is tested for impairment at least on an annual basis. The Company filed actions against the Companyoperates as one reporting unit and the membersfair value of the reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices of the Company’s board relating to the Mergers. On March 10, 2021, the Company’s board received a shareholder demand letter against the Company and members of the Company’s board. In each case, the shareholders allege a variety of disclosure deficienciesstock in its proxy statement/prospectus and seek disclosures of additional information. The alleged omissions generally relate to (i) certain financial projections; (ii) certain valuation analyses performed by the Company and (iii) alleged conflicts of interest. Plaintiffs seek to enjoin the forthcoming shareholder vote on the Mergers unless and until the Company discloses the allegedly omitted material information summarized above. The plaintiffs also seek damages and attorneys’ fees.

active markets. The Company cannot predicttests goodwill for impairment annually in the outcome offourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the lawsuits or demand letter or any others that might be filed subsequent to the date of the filing of its proxy statement/prospectus, nor can the Company predict thecarrying amount of time and expense that will be required to resolve the lawsuits and demand letter. The Company believes that the lawsuits and demand letter are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against them.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences asgoodwill may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock The Company is authorized to issue 380,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 1,960,628 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, excluding 39,439,372 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption.

Class B Common Stock The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2020, there were 10,350,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of shares of Class A common stock by public stockholders), including the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination (including the Forward Purchase Shares but not the Forward Purchase Warrants), excluding any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities or rights exercisable for or convertible into shares of Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering and (b) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisablerecoverable. When testing goodwill for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption is available.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of an initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act,impairment, the Company may at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so onfirst perform a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, it will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemptions of warrants when the price of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, or the 30-day redemption period, to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if the Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

qualitative assessment. If the Company callsdetermines it is not more likely than not the Public Warrants for redemption for cash, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of common stock at a price belowreporting unit’s fair value is less than its exercise price. Additionally, incarrying value, then no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants.further analysis is necessary. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination (excluding any issuance of Forward Purchase Securities) at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day after the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Proposed Public Offering, exceptdetermines that the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and be

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

   December 31,
2020
 

Deferred tax asset

  

Organizational costs/Startup expenses

  $335,155 
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

   335,155 

Valuation allowance

   (335,155
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

  $—   
  

 

 

 

The income tax provision consists of the following:

   December 31,
2020
 

Federal

  

Current

  $10,070 

Deferred

   (335,155

State

  

Current

  $—   

Deferred

   —   

Change in valuation allowance

   335,155 
  

 

 

 

Income tax provision

  $10,070 
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that somethe fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative impairment test will be performed. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing a quantitative analysis. Under the quantitative impairment test, if the carrying amount of the Company’s reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess but limited to the total amount of goodwill.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $6.1 million. No impairment charges were incurred for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2021.

Intangible Assets

Acquired identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The basis of amortization approximates the pattern in which the assets are utilized, over their estimated useful lives. The Company routinely reviews the remaining estimated useful lives of finite-lived intangible assets. In cases where the Company reduces the estimated useful life for any asset, the remaining unamortized balance is amortized or depreciated over the revised estimated useful life. See Note 4, "Intangible Assets, net" in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization, including ROU lease asset

Property and equipment, intangible assets and ROU lease assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. If indicators are present, management performs a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset to its carrying amount. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There were no impairment charges related to long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 or 2021.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to perform its defined contractual obligations to provide virtual behavioral healthcare services. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company will be entitled in exchange for the service rendered. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that is included in the transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

66


Through its platform, Talkspace serves:

Health insurance plans and employee assistance programs (“Payor”) who offer their insured members access to the Company's platform at in-network reimbursement rates.
Direct-to-Enterprise clients (“DTE”) who offer their enterprise members access to the Company's platform while their enterprise is under an active contract with Talkspace.
Individual subscribers (“Consumer”) who subscribe directly to the Company's platform.

Payor

The Company contracts with health insurance plans and employee assistance programs to provide therapy and psychiatry services to their eligible covered members. Revenue is recognized at a point in time, as virtual therapy or psychiatry sessions are rendered. The transaction price is determined based on contracted rates and includes variable consideration in the form of implicit price concessions. The Company determines the total transaction price, including an estimate of variable consideration, at contract inception and reassesses this estimate at each reporting date. The Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that is included in the transaction price primarily based on actual historical collection experience for each Payor. Revenue is presented net of implicit price concessions. Contracts include annual evergreen clauses and generally may be terminated by either party typically upon a minimum 60-day advance notice.

DTE

The Company contracts with enterprises to provide access to the Company's therapist platform for their enterprise members, primarily based on a per-member-per-month access fee model. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, revenue is recognized using the variable consideration allocation exception, or, if the allocation exception is not met, the Company recognizes revenue ratably based on estimates of the variable consideration to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequent resolved. The majority of the contracts typically range in length from one to three years and are generally non-cancelable during the initial contractual term.

Consumer

The Company also generates revenues from the sale of monthly, quarterly, bi-annual and annual membership subscriptions to the Company's therapy platform as well as supplementary a la carte offerings directly to individual consumers through a subscription plan. The Company recognizes consumer revenues ratably over the subscription period, beginning when therapy services commence. The Company recognizes revenues from supplementary a la carte offerings at a point in time, as virtual therapy sessions are rendered. Members may cancel their subscription at any time and will receive a pro-rata refund for the subscription price. The transaction price from member subscription revenue and supplementary a la carte offerings includes variable consideration in the form of refunds. Revenue is presented net of refunds. The Company estimates the refund liability for the variable consideration portion of the transaction price primarily based on historical experience. The refund liability is recorded within the “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” line item in the consolidated balance sheets. The refund liability was immaterial as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivables are stated net of credit losses allowance. The Company is exposed to credit losses primarily through its contracts with Payor and DTE clients. The Company’s methodology for estimating credit loss is based on historical collection experience, customer creditworthiness, current and future economic condition and market condition. Additionally, specific allowance amounts are established to record the appropriate provision for customers that have a higher probability of default. Accounts receivables are written off after all reasonable means to collect the full amount have been exhausted. Credit losses were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenues when cash payments from customers are received in advance of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realizationCompany's performance obligations to provide services. As of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the period from February 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was $335,155.

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate2023, deferred revenue related mainly to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2020 is as follows:

December 31,
2020

Statutory federal income tax rate

21.0

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

0.0

Change in valuation allowance

(22.0)% 

Income tax provision

(1.0)% 

Consumer subscriptions. The Company files income tax returnsexpects to satisfy the majority of its performance obligations associated with deferred revenue within one year or less.

67


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”. Compensation costs for share-based awards are measured at the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various statefair value on the grant date and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination byrecognized as expense using the various taxing authorities.straight-line method for service-based awards over the requisite service period.

NOTE 9.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The option-pricing model requires a number of assumptions, of which the most significant is the expected stock price volatility and the expected option term. Expected volatility is calculated based upon the Company's historical share price movements as well as similar traded companies’ historical share price movements as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate based only on the Company's share price. Expected term is calculated based on the simplified method as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate. The simplified method will continue to apply until enough historical experience is available to provide a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is calculated based on the yield from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent term. The Company has historically not paid dividends and has no foreseeable plans to pay dividends.

The fair value of restricted stock units is measured as the grant-date closing price of the Company’s financial assetscommon stock.

The Company recognizes forfeitures of awards as they occur.

Determination of Fair Value of our Common Stock prior to the Business Combination

Due to the absence of an active market for our shares of common stock prior to the Business Combination, the grant-date fair market value of the common shares underlying stock options was historically determined by management and liabilities reflects management’sapproved by the Company’s board of directors. Because there was no public market for the Company’s common shares, the Board of Directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of amounts thatthe fair market value, which included important developments in the Company’s operations, the prices at which the Company would have received in connection withsold shares of its convertible preferred shares, the salerights, preferences and privileges of the assetsCompany’s convertible preferred shares relative to those of the Company’s common shares, actual operating results, financial performance and the lack of marketability of the Company’s common shares.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. All U.S. employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. The Company contributes 100% of eligible employee’s elective deferral up to 4% of eligible earnings. The Company's matching contributions to participants’ accounts were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company applies ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”. Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid in connection withto transfer a liability (i.e., the transfer of the liabilities“exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In connection withdetermining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. ASC 820 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs used to measure fair value to the extent that relevant observable inputs are not available. An entity develops unobservable inputs using the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the entity's own data, taking into account all information about market participant assumptions that is reasonably available.

Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets of liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

68


Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of itsthe assets and liabilities, the Company seeksor liabilities.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The followingwhen measuring fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:value.

Income taxes

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturityaccounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 320 “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which740, "Income Taxes". The net deferred tax assets assume sufficient future earnings for their realization, as well as the continued application of currently enacted tax rates. Included in net deferred tax assets is a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, where management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the relevant jurisdiction. If the Company hasdetermines that a deferred tax asset will not be realizable, an adjustment to the abilitydeferred tax asset will result in a reduction of net earnings at that time. Accrued interest and intentpenalties are included within the related tax asset or liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company follows the provisions in ASC 740 and the guidance related to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturityaccounting for uncertainty in income taxes. ASC 740 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring a liability for uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company's policy is to recognize interest related to unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and penalties as operating expenses.

The Company does not provide deferred tax liabilities when it intends to reinvest earnings of a foreign subsidiary indefinitely or if distributed, no tax liability will be imposed. Undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary and unrecognized deferred tax liability related to such earnings are immaterial as of December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022 the Company did not record any provision for uncertain tax positions. The Company does not anticipate that the assessment will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. No accrued interest or penalties were accrued as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Net loss per share

The Company’s basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The diluted net loss per share is calculated by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period using the treasury securities are recorded at amortized costshare method or the if-converted method based on the accompanying balance sheetsnature of such securities. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share in periods when the effects of potentially dilutive shares of shares of common stock are anti-dilutive.

Recently Issued and adjustedRecently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments’ significant expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280 on an interim and annual basis. ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the amortization or accretionimpact of premiums or discounts.adopting ASU 2023-07.

AtIn December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires public entities, on an annual basis, to provide disclosure of specific categories in the rate reconciliation, as well as disclosure of income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2023-09.

69


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The following table presents the Company’s revenues from sales to unaffiliated customers disaggregated by revenue source:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Revenues from sales to unaffiliated customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payor

 

$

80,823

 

 

$

36,168

 

 

$

22,272

 

DTE

 

 

33,614

 

 

 

28,241

 

 

$

16,642

 

Consumer

 

 

35,608

 

 

 

55,158

 

 

 

74,757

 

Total

 

$

150,045

 

 

$

119,567

 

 

$

113,671

 

For the years ended December 31, 2020, assets held2023, 2022 and 2021, the majority of the Company’s revenues were generated from customers located in the Trust Account were comprised of $575 in cash and $414,232,051 in U.S. Treasury securities. DuringUnited States.

For the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, two customers represented 10% or more of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2022, two customers represented 10% or more of total revenue. No single customer represented 10% or more of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Accounts Receivable

The Company had receivables related to revenue from DTE clients of $7.8 million and $7.4 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the balance of receivables related to revenue from Payor clients was $2.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, no single customer represented 10% or more of the accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2022, one customer represented 10% of the accounts receivable balance.

Deferred Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not withdraw anyrecognized revenues of $2.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively, that were included in deferred revenues at the beginning of the year. As of December 31, 2023, deferred revenue mainly related to the Company’s Consumer subscription business.

NOTE 4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets are comprised of the following:

 

As of December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Intangible assets with finite lives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technology

 

$

3,201

 

 

$

3,201

 

Customer relationship

 

 

1,350

 

 

 

1,350

 

Non-Competition agreement

 

 

939

 

 

 

939

 

 

 

5,490

 

 

 

5,490

 

Accumulated amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired technology

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

968

 

Customer relationship

 

 

1,350

 

 

 

1,350

 

Non-Competition agreement

 

 

939

 

 

 

643

 

 

 

3,704

 

 

 

2,961

 

Intangible assets, net

 

$

1,786

 

 

$

2,529

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 ($0.9 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively). Amortization related to intangible assets for acquired technology was included in cost of revenues and amortization related to intangible assets for customer relationships was included in sales and marketing expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the periods presented.

70


Future amortization that will be charged to expense over the remaining life of the acquired technology intangible asset as of December 31, 2023 is as follows:

December 31,

 

In thousands

 

2024

 

$

446

 

2025

 

 

446

 

2026

 

 

446

 

2027

 

 

448

 

 

 

$

1,786

 

NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The carrying value of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the relatively short-term nature of the underlying assets or liabilities. Money market funds are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because these assets are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets.

The Company assumed Public Warrants as a result of the Business Combination and also issued equity warrants to certain consultants. The Company determined these warrants met the criteria to be classified as equity in accordance with ASC 815-40. The Company valued these warrants using the instrument’s publicly listed trading price on the date of acquisition or issuance, where applicable, and included it in additional paid-in capital within stockholder’s equity. This is considered to be a non-recurring Level 1 measurement due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market.

In June 2021, the Company also assumed Private Placement Warrants which are accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The warrant liabilities were measured at fair value at inception and thereafter on a recurring, quarterly basis, with changes in fair value presented within financial (income), net, in the consolidated statement of operations. The Private Placement Warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton Model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is the implied volatility from trading prices of the Company's Public Warrants, significant increases (decreases) in this input in isolation would have resulted in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The following were the inputs utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2023

 

2022

Dividend yield (1)

 

0%

 

0%

Expected volatility (2)

 

61.10%

 

93.00%

Risk-free interest rate (3)

 

4.13%

 

4.17%

Time to maturity (years)

 

2.47

 

3.47

(1) No dividends were paid for the years ending December 31, 2023 and 2022.

(2) The expected volatility is based on the volatility implied by backsolving to the Public Warrants' price as of the valuation date.

(3) The risk -free interest incomerate is based on the yield from U.S. Treasury bonds with an equivalent term to the Trust Account.time to maturity of the warrants.

71


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

The Company's assets and liabilities, recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, have been categorized based upon the fair value hierarchy as follows:

 

 

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

1,078

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,078

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Money market funds

 

 

122,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,830

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

123,908

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

123,908

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,842

 

 

 

1,842

 

Total Warrant Liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,842

 

 

$

1,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2022

 

(in thousands)

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

118,038

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

118,038

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Money market funds

 

 

20,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,507

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

138,545

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

138,545

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

939

 

 

 

939

 

Total Warrant Liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

939

 

 

$

939

 

HUDSON EXECUTIVE INVESTMENT CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that arechanges in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis atfor the years ended December 31, 20202023 and indicates2022:

 

 

Level 3 Liabilities

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands)

 

Beginning Balance

 

 

Change in Fair Value

 

 

Ending Balance

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

$

939

 

 

$

903

 

 

$

1,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Liabilities

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

(in thousands)

 

Beginning Balance

 

 

Change in fair Value

 

 

Ending Balance

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

$

4,070

 

 

$

(3,131

)

 

$

939

 

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Litigation

In January 2022, the fair value hierarchyCompany and certain of its current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in securities class action complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the case headings: (1) Baron v. Talkspace et al., No. 22-cv-00163 (S.D.N.Y.) and (2) Valdez v. Talkspace et al., No. 22-cv-00840 (S.D.N.Y.), which were subsequently consolidated under the caption In re Talkspace, Inc. Securities Litigation, No. 22-cv-00163 (S.D.N.Y) (the “Securities Action”). The Securities Action asserts violations of sections 10(b), 14(a) and 20(a) of the valuation inputsSecurities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rules 10b-5 and 14a-9 promulgated thereunder. These actions generally relate to public disclosures and statements by the Company utilized to determine such fair value. The gross holding gains and fair value of held-to-maturity securities atin connection with its merger with Hudson Executive Investment Corp. (“HEIC”).

In December 31, 2020 are as follows:

   

Held-To-Maturity

  Level   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Holding
Gain
   Fair Value 

December 31, 2020

  

U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 1/28/2021)

   1   $414,228,281   $4,345   $414,232,626 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after2022, the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On January 18, 2021, the Company established two subsidiaries, Tailwind Merger Sub I, Inc., a wholly-ownedCompany’s subsidiary of the Company incorporated in Delaware (“Merger Sub 1”) and Tailwind Merger Sub II, LLC, certain of the Company’s current and former directors and officers, and others were named as defendants in a wholly -owned subsidiaryputative class action complaint filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery under the case caption Valdez v. Braunstein, et al., C.A. No. 2022-1148 (Del. Ch.) (the “Delaware Action”).

72


Table of Contents

The Delaware Action asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty relating to the merger with HEIC, among other things, based on many of the same facts at issue in the Securities Action. The complaint seeks, among other things, damages on behalf of putative class members who did not redeem their shares in connection with the Company’s merger with HEIC.

In February 2023, the Company resolved the Securities Action and the Delaware Action through mediation. The settlement resolves these litigations with respect to all named defendants (the "Securities Settlement"). On June 30, 2023, the court entered an order preliminarily approving the Securities Settlement. On October 30, 2023, the court granted final approval to the Securities Settlement in all respects. The defendants have not admitted any liability or wrongdoing in connection with the Securities Settlement and have entered into the Securities Settlement solely to avoid the costs, risks, distraction, and uncertainties of continued litigation of the Securities Action and Delaware Action.

In June and July 2022, two individuals filed stockholder derivative lawsuits on behalf of Talkspace in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the case captions: (1) Odsvall v. Oren Frank et al., No. 22-cv-05016 (S.D.N.Y.) and (2) Nayman v. Berg, et al., No. 22-cv-06258 (S.D.N.Y.), which were subsequently consolidated under the caption In re Talkspace Stockholder Derivative Litigation, No. 22-cv-05016 (S.D.N.Y.) in September 2022 (the “Derivative Action”). The Derivative Action named certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors as defendants and the Company as a nominal defendant. The Derivative Action asserted claims for violations of federal securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty, and aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty relating to the merger with HEIC, among other things, based on many of the same facts at issue in the Securities Action.

In February 2023 the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve the Derivative Action with respect to all named defendants in exchange for certain changes to the Company’s Corporate Governance environment, including the declassification of the Company’s board of directors, creation of a management-level disclosure committee, enhancements to the responsibilities and duties of the Company’s Audit Committee, the addition of independent directors, enhancements to employee compliance training and retention of an internal controls consultant. The declassification of the Company's board of directors was put forth as a proposal at the Company's 2023 Annual Shareholder Meeting, but it wasn’t approved by the general shareholder vote. On May 18, 2023, the parties entered into a Stipulation of Settlement and Release Agreement (the “Stipulation”) that sets forth the terms and conditions for the proposed settlement and dismissal with prejudice of the Derivative Action (the “Derivative Settlement”). On June 30, 2023, the court entered an order preliminarily approving the Stipulation and proposed Derivative Settlement and scheduling a hearing for August 16, 2023 to determine whether to give final approval to the Derivative Settlement. On August 16, 2023, the court granted final approval to the Derivative Settlement in all respects. The defendants have not admitted any liability or wrongdoing in connection with the Derivative Settlement and have entered into the Derivative Settlement solely to avoid the costs, risks, distraction, and uncertainties of continued litigation of the Derivative Action.

In addition to the foregoing, the Company may in the future be involved in various legal proceedings, claims and litigation that arise in the normal course of business. The Company accrues for estimated loss contingencies related to legal matters when available information indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is often not possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss or possible additional losses or range of additional losses.


Warranties and Indemnification

The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying clients against liabilities if there is a breach of a client’s data or if the Company’s service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.

73


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. CAPITAL STOCK

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of (a) 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and (b) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022 there were 12,780,000 Private Placement Warrants and 21,350,000 Public Warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding.

NOTE 8.SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In June 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”) under which the Company may grant cash and equity incentive awards to officers, employees, directors, consultants and service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent. The 2021 Plan replaced the Company's previous stock compensation plan.

All stock-based awards are measured based on the grant date fair value and are recognized on a straight-line basis in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the requisite service period (generally requiring a four-year vesting period).

Stock Options

Stock options generally vest over a four-year period and are exercisable a maximum period of ten years. A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

 

Number of
options

 

 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

 

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(1)
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

16,876,326

 

 

$

2.03

 

 

 

7.26

 

 

$

1,135

 

Granted

 

 

1,293,045

 

 

 

1.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(4,592,195

)

 

 

0.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(3,018,603

)

 

 

3.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year (2)

 

 

10,558,573

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

$

11,774

 

Exercisable at end of year (2)

 

 

7,147,389

 

 

$

2.11

 

 

 

6.54

 

 

$

8,289

 

(1)
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at end of the year and options exercisable at end of the year does not include 2,514,361 and 1,643,117, respectively, of stock options that are out of the money.
(2)
Excludes 650,000 fully-vested stock options with an exercise price of $11.50 issued in June 2021 to a consultant.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2023 was $0.74 per share ($0.88 and $3.81 per share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively).

The fair value for options granted for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton options pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2023

 

2022

 

2021

Dividend yield (1)

 

0%

 

0%

 

0%

Expected volatility (2)

 

58.63% - 68.40%

 

66.80%-86.13%

 

65.00%-75.23%

Risk-free interest rate (3)

 

3.70%-4.22%

 

1.76%-4.11%

 

0.66%-1.39%

Expected term (years) (4)

 

5.23 - 6.25

 

5.07-6.25

 

5.27-6.25

(1)
No dividends were paid during the years ending December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
(2)
The expected volatility was calculated based upon historical stock price movements of the Company also incorporatedand similar publicly traded peer companies over the most recent periods ending on the grant date, equal to the expected term of the options, as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate.
(3)
The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. treasury bonds with an equivalent term to the expected term of the options.
(4)
The expected term of stock options granted is calculated using the simplified method for “plain vanilla” stock options awards.

74


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, there was $4.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options that are expected to be recognized over a period of up to 4.2 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") typically vest over a four-year period. The following table summarizes the activity for RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2023:

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Number of
restricted stock
units

 

 

Weighted
average grant-date
fair value

 

Nonvested at beginning of year

 

 

9,127,051

 

 

$

1.46

 

Granted

 

 

5,198,971

 

 

$

1.13

 

Vested

 

 

(3,190,804

)

 

$

1.40

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,150,391

)

 

$

1.42

 

Nonvested at end of year

 

 

8,984,827

 

 

$

1.30

 

The total fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2023 was $5.0 million ($3.7 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively)

As of December 31, 2023, there was $11.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs that are expected to be recognized over a period of up to 4.2 years.

The following table sets forth the total share-based compensation expense related to stock options and RSUs included in Delaware (“Merger Sub 2”).

As describedthe respective components of operating expenses in Note 6,the consolidated statement of operations:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Research and development, net

 

$

2,463

 

 

$

2,550

 

 

$

3,102

 

Clinical Operations, net

 

 

455

 

 

 

549

 

 

 

1,711

 

Sales and Marketing

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

3,090

 

 

 

6,089

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,755

 

 

 

5,927

 

 

 

16,503

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

8,395

 

 

$

12,116

 

 

$

27,405

 

The Company recognized $15.2 million in additional share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2021 as a result of the Business Combination. Additionally, the Company recognized $3.8 million in share-based compensation expense as a result of the modification of Mr. and Ms. Frank's equity awards during the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with their departure from the Company.

NOTE 9. NET LOSS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net loss

 

$

(19,182

)

 

$

(79,672

)

 

$

(62,742

)

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

165,039,920

 

 

 

156,885,256

 

 

 

86,775,948

 

Net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.51

)

 

$

(0.72

)

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the following were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share since each would have had an anti-dilutive effect given the Company’s net loss: 10,558,573 stock options, 8,984,827 restricted stock units, 12,780,000 Private Placement Warrants and 21,350,000 Public Warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the following were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share since each would have had an anti-dilutive effect given the Company’s net loss: 17,526,326 stock options, 9,127,051 restricted stock units, 12,780,000 Private Placement Warrants and 21,350,000 Public Warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock.

75


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the following were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share since each would have had an anti-dilutive effect given the Company’s net loss: 19,494,861 stock options, 2,330,094 restricted stock units, 12,780,000 Private Placement Warrants and 21,350,000 Public Warrants to purchase the Company's common stock.

NOTE 10. TAXES ON INCOME

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company assessed its uncertain tax positions and determined that it has no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2023.

A reconciliation of the Company’s statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(18,964

)

 

$

(79,418

)

 

$

(62,695

)

Statutory tax rate

 

 

21

%

 

 

21

%

 

 

21

%

Federal taxes

 

 

(3,982

)

 

 

(16,678

)

 

 

(13,166

)

Increase (decrease) in effective tax rate due to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

276

 

 

 

(4,079

)

 

 

(2,500

)

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

 

Permanent differences

 

 

897

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

(1,492

)

Other Adjustments

 

 

(373

)

 

 

(6,669

)

 

 

94

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

3,400

 

 

 

26,309

 

 

 

17,111

 

Actual income taxes

 

$

218

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

47

 

The main reconciling item between the statutory tax rate of the Company and the effective tax rate is the recognition of valuation allowance in respect of deferred taxes relating to accumulated net operating losses carried forward due to the uncertainty of the realization of such deferred taxes.

(Loss) income before taxes is attributable to the following tax jurisdictions:

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

U.S. operations

 

$

(19,576

)

 

$

(79,788

)

 

$

(62,902

)

Foreign operations

 

 

612

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

207

 

 

$

(18,964

)

 

$

(79,418

)

 

$

(62,695

)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

As of
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

70,701

 

 

$

64,644

 

    Stock based compensation

 

 

2,892

 

 

 

4,098

 

    Fixed assets

 

 

378

 

 

 

375

 

    Other

 

 

45

 

 

 

1,499

 

                     Total gross deferred tax assets, net

 

 

74,016

 

 

 

70,616

 

                     Valuation allowance

 

 

(74,016

)

 

 

(70,616

)

                     Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities (long term):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

                     Net deferred tax assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

76


Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when it is “more likely than not” that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Because of the Company’s recent history of operating losses, management believes the recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is currently not more likely than not to be realized and, accordingly, has provided a full valuation allowance. A valuation allowance has been recorded for the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company maintains a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets. The assessment regarding whether a valuation allowance is required considers both positive and negative evidence when determining whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are recoverable. In making this assessment, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. Management considered the Company’s cumulative loss in recent years and forecasted losses in the near term as significant negative evidence. Based upon a review of the four sources of income identified within ASC 740, management determined that the negative evidence outweighed the positive evidence and that a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets will be maintained. Management will continue to assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets going forward and will adjust the valuation allowance as needed. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $3.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in its net operating loss carryforwards.

At December 31, 2023, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryovers (“NOL”) of approximately $282.5 million and $246.9 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxable income. The NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2032 and may become subject to annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under I.R.C. Section 382. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or future tax liabilities. The federal losses generated from 2018 onward do not expire.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state and Israeli income taxes with varying statutes of limitations. The Company is not currently under examination by any income tax authority, nor has it been notified that an examination is contemplated. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by the tax authorities for years before 2019. The Israel subsidiary tax assessments filed by the Company through the year 2017 are considered closed.

NOTE 11. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

As of December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Employee compensation

 

$

7,269

 

 

$

5,290

 

User acquisition

 

 

1,525

 

 

 

2,256

 

Professional fees

 

 

626

 

 

 

543

 

Litigation costs

 

 

 

 

 

5,500

 

Other

 

 

3,048

 

 

 

2,913

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

12,468

 

 

$

16,502

 

NOTE 12. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES ("VIEs")

In the second quarter of 2022, the Company completed a transition with respect to its relationship with its providers, transitioning to a structure whereby Talkspace LLC has entered into various agreements with a Texas professional association entity (Talkspace Provider Network, PA or “TPN”), which in turn contracts with our other affiliated professional entities ("PC entities"), physicians, therapists, and other licensed professionals for clinical and professional services provided to the Company's members. Talkspace LLC is party to various Management Services Agreements (“MSAs”) with TPN as well the PC entities as part of this transition. The Company believes the transition to a structure where it operates under various MSAs with professional associations and professional corporations authorized by state law to contract with affiliated professionals to delivery teletherapy services to its members, helps ensure the Company is able to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, including the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws, that are necessarily implicated by engaging in telehealth care that can only be delivered by physicians. The Company is continuing to transition its current agreements with its clients, members and other business partners to TPN or the PC entities, where applicable.

77


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the MSAs, Talkspace LLC is the managing entity (the “Manager”) and provides management and administrative resources and services essential to the operations of TPN and the PC entities and receives a management fee for these services and reimbursement of expenses incurred. TPN and the PC entities in turn have the obligation under the MSAs to engage all licensed physicians and other health professionals to provide behavioral healthcare services to the Company's members. In addition, to the extent that TPN or the PC entities lack sufficient funds to meet their obligations, the Manager may, at its sole discretion, advance funds to TPN or the PC entities to cover these obligations. Such advances would be considered loans made by Manager and should be repaid as per the terms of the management agreement. No such advances have been made by the Manager to TPN or the PC entities for years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company holds a variable interest in TPN and the PC entities. The Company evaluates whether an Agreemententity in which it has a variable interest is considered a VIE. VIEs are generally entities that have either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest (i.e., ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance through voting rights and Plana right to receive the expected residual returns of Mergerthe entity or an obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity).

Under the provisions of ASC 810, “Consolidation”, an entity consolidates a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The primary beneficiary has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, and (b) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The Company also determined that it is able to direct the activities of TPN and the PC entities that most significantly impact their economic performance and it funds and absorbs all losses of these VIEs resulting in the Company being the primary beneficiary of these entities. Accordingly, the Company consolidates these VIEs.

The following table details the assets and liabilities of the VIEs as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The assets and liabilities in the table below are presented prior to consolidation and thus a portion of these assets and liabilities are eliminated in consolidation.

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

167

 

 

$

883

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

4,031

 

 

 

1,716

 

Other assets

 

 

11,493

 

 

 

4,813

 

Total Assets

 

$

15,691

 

 

$

7,412

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

2,831

 

 

 

3,758

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

2,831

 

 

$

3,758

 

NOTE 13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Share Repurchase Program

On February 22, 2024, the Company announced that its Board of Directors has approved a share repurchase program which authorizes the repurchase of up to $15 million of the currently outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock over a period of twenty-four months beginning on January 12, 2021March 1, 2024 (the “Repurchase Program”). Under the Repurchase Program, the Company may repurchase shares through various methods, including open market purchases and privately-negotiated transactions, or otherwise in accordance with Talkspace.applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Such purchases will be at times and in amounts as the Company deems appropriate, based on factors such as price, market conditions, corporate and regulatory requirements, constraints specified in any Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, alternative investment opportunities and other business considerations.

The Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any dollar amount or number of shares, and may be suspended or terminated at any time.

78


Table of Contents

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

F-22None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

In connection with the preparation of this report, an evaluation was carried out by certain members of Company management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)), as of December 31, 2023. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based upon that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

Management also believes that the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present, in all material aspects, the company’s financial condition as reported, in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”).

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorizations; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based upon that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, A Member of EY Global, which audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, and has issued an attestation, which appears in their report above.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As previously reported in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, as of that fiscal year-end, we had ineffective controls with respect to certain information technology general controls (ITGCs) and, as a result, certain business process controls (automated and IT-dependent manual controls) that were dependent on the ineffective ITGCs, or that use data produced from systems impacted by the ineffective ITGCs, were deemed ineffective.

79


Table of Contents

We also had a material weakness in connection with our process to monitor and provide oversight over the testing and assessment of the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner.

As previously reported, we have over time been implementing improvements to our control system with the goal of remediating these material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting by December 31, 2023. During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, we completed our remediation plan. As a result, management has determined that, as of December 31, 2023, there are no longer any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Among the aggregate improvements we have made, we have:

hired additional personnel with appropriate technical skill sets;
developed an execution plan and resourcing to test controls and providing timely feedback of any deficiencies noted to complete and maintain remediation;
established a training program for the entire organization to support ongoing execution of internal controls and adherence to control activities;
actively monitored (and continue to monitor) corrective actions and providing status reporting to leadership on the progress.

As a result of the aggregate effect of the foregoing improvements and after testing both the design and operating effectiveness of the redesigned controls, management has determined that, as of December 31, 2023, our previously reported material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting have been remediated.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Companyadopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as the terms are defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not Applicable.

80


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023.

81


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
(1)
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data filed as part of this Form 10-K. See Item 8 (pages 60 to 78)
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules

Not Applicable

(3)
The exhibits which are filed with this Form 10-K or are incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Exhibit Index (pages 83 to 84)
(b)
Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index included hereinafter on pages 83 to 84

(c)
Financial Statement Schedules excluded from the annual report to stockholders

None

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

82


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed/ Furnished Herewith

2.1+

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 12, 2021, by and among Hudson Executive Investment Corp., Tailwind Merger Sub I, Inc., Tailwind Merger Sub II, LLC, and Groop Internet Platform, Inc. (d/b/a Talkspace).

S-4

333-252638

2.1

2/2/21

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Talkspace, Inc.

8-K/A

001-39314

3.1

6/23/21

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of Talkspace, Inc.

8-K/A

001-39314

3.2

6/23/21

 

4.1

 

Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2020, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Hudson Executive Investment Corp.

8-K

  001-39314

4.1

6/11/20

 

4.2

 

Specimen Warrant Certificate of the Registrant.

S-1/A

333-238583

4.3

6/5/20

 

4.3

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

S-4/A

333-252638

4.5

5/20/21

 

4.4

 

Description of Common Stock.

10-K

001-39314

4.4

2/25/22

 

10.1

 

2021 Incentive Award Plan.

S-8

333-259165

99.1

8/30/21

 

10.2

 

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

S-8

333-259165

99.2

8/30/21

 

10.3

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

S-8

333-259165

99.3

8/30/21

 

10.4

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

8-K

001-39314

10.1

6/23/21

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Talkspace, Inc. and the holders party thereto.

8-K

001-39314

10.2

6/23/21

 

10.6

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

8-K

001-39314

10.3

6/23/21

 

10.7

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Talkspace, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

8-K

001-39314

10.7(a)

6/23/21

 

10.8

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Talkspace, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

8-K

001-39314

10.7(b)

6/23/21

 

10.9

 

Executive Severance Plan.

8-K

001-39314

10.9

6/23/21

 

10.10+

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021, by and among Talkspace Network LLC, Groop Internet Platform, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

S-4/A

333-252638

10.19

4/6/21

 

10.11

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 2, 2021, between the Company and Jennifer Fulk.

10-Q

001-39314

10.14

8/9/21

 

10.12

 

Retention Agreement, dated December 6, 2021 by and between the Company and Jennifer Fulk.

8-K

001-39314

10.1

12/10/21

 

10.16

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of June 22, 2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Gil Margolin.

10-K

001-39314

10.16

2/25/22

 

10.17

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of June 22, 2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Samara Braunstein.

10-K

001-39314

10.17

2/25/22

 

10.18

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of June 22, 2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and John C. Reilly.

10-K

001-39314

10.18

2/25/22

 

10.19

 

Retention Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Gil Margolin.

10-K

001-39314

10.19

2/25/22

 

10.20

 

Retention Agreement, dated as of December 6,2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Samara Braunstein.

10-K

001-39314

10.20

2/25/22

 

10.21

 

Retention Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2021, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and John C. Reilly.

10-K

001-39314

10.21

2/25/22

 

10.22

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of November 9, 2022, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Jon R. Cohen.

10-K

001-39314

10.22

3/10/23

 

10.23

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated as of August 11, 2023, by and between Talkspace, Inc. and Nikole Benders-Hadi.

 

 

 

 

*

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Talkspace, Inc.

 

 

 

 

*

23.1

 

Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

*

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

*

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

 

 

*

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

 

**

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

 

**

97.1

 

Talkspace, Inc. Clawback Policy.

 

 

 

 

*

83


Table of Contents

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

*

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents

*

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (as formatted as Inline XBRL and contained

in Exhibit 101).

*

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

+ Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy

of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TALKSPACE, INC.

Date: March 13, 2024

By:

/s/ Jon R. Cohen

Jon R. Cohen

Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 13, 2024

By:

/s/ Jennifer Fulk

Jennifer Fulk

Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Jon R. Cohen

Chief Executive Officer and Director

March 13, 2024

Jon R. Cohen

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jennifer Fulk

Chief Financial Officer

 March 13, 2024

Jennifer Fulk

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Douglas Braunstein

Chairman of the Board

March 13, 2024

Douglas Braunstein

/s/ Erez Shachar

 Director

March 13, 2024

Erez Shachar

/s/ Curtis Warfield

 Director

 March 13, 2024

Curtis Warfield

/s/ Jacqueline Yeaney

 Director

 March 13, 2024

Jacqueline Yeaney

/s/ Michael Hansen

 Director

 March 13, 2024

Michael Hansen

/s/ Madhu Pawar

 Director

 March 13, 2024

Madhu Pawar

/s/ Liat Ben-Zur

 Director

March 13, 2024

Liat Ben-Zur

/s/ Swati Abbott

 Director

March 13, 2024

Swati Abbott

85